Modul Bahasa Inggris

37
smart learning center - 1 - E- 2 TENSES 1 · PRESENT CONTINOUS · PRESENT TENSE · PRESENT PERFECT · PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS 1. PRESENT CONTINOUS A. PENGERTIAN : Menyatakan pekerjaan yang sedang terjadi pada saat kalimatnya diucapkan B. BENTUK S + is/am/are + V + ing Subjek To be I We You He She It They am are are is is is are Ing ditambahkan pada kata kerja bentuk pertama (V 1 ), ex: work + ing = working walk + ing = walking sing + ing = singing · Penambahan ing mengakibatkan V 1 mengalami penghampusan "e" diakhir kalimat, ex: make + ing = making love + ing = loving write + ing = writing · Penambahan ing mengakibatkan penggandaan huruf akhir g, t, m, n, p pada V 1 yang terdiri dari short vowel. dig + ing = digging swim + ing = swimming run + ing = running stop + ing = stoppinng put + ing = putting C. FUNGSI 1) Menyatakan pekerjaan yang sedang dilaksanakan Ditandai dengan adanya kata: at the moment now at present Contoh : The teacher is teaching now. At present the applicants are waiting for their turn to be interviewed. I am still taking a short course of driving. 2) Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilakukan dalam near future. Near future : Jarak masa yang akan datang - dengan saat ini dekat, misal: - tonigh - tomorrow - the day after tomorrow Near future ini relatif. I am visiting you tomorrow Tonigh I am going to the movie . D. NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE Untuk membentuk kalimat negative cukup - Meletakkan not sesudah to be S + is/am/are + not + v + ing Is + not : isn't Are + not : aren't ex : · I am not visiting you tomorrow · The teacher is not teaching now · They are still waiting for us Pembentukan kalimat Tanya (interrogative) dilakukan dengan menukarkan posisi to be dengan subjek. Is/ am/ are + S + V + ing ? Ex: - Is the teacher teaching now ? - Are you taking the book ? - Are the student discussing the problem 2. SIMPLE PRESENT A. BENTUK : S + V 1 Jika subjek orang ketiga tunggal (he,she,,it)maka V 1 mengalami penambahan s, es, atau ies tergantung pada huruf akhir V 1 . He/She/it + V1 + s/es/ies smart learning center

Transcript of Modul Bahasa Inggris

Page 1: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 1 -

E- 2

TENSES 1

middot PRESENT CONTINOUS

middot PRESENT TENSE

middot PRESENT PERFECT

middot PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 PRESENT CONTINOUS

A PENGERTIAN

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang sedang terjadi pada

saat kalimatnya diucapkan

B BENTUK

S + isamare + V + ing

Subjek To be

I

We

You

He

She

It

They

am

are

are

is

is

is

are

Ing ditambahkan pada kata kerja bentuk pertama

(V1) ex

work + ing = working

walk + ing = walking

sing + ing = singing

middot Penambahan ing mengakibatkan V1 mengalami

penghampusan e diakhir kalimat ex

make + ing = making

love + ing = loving

write + ing = writing

middot Penambahan ing mengakibatkan penggandaan

huruf akhir g t m n p pada V1 yang terdiri dari

short vowel

dig + ing = digging

swim + ing = swimming

run + ing = running

stop + ing = stoppinng

put + ing = putting

C FUNGSI

1) Menyatakan pekerjaan yang sedang dilaksanakan

Ditandai dengan adanya kata

at the moment now at present

Contoh

The teacher is teaching now

At present the applicants are waiting for their

turn to be interviewed

I am still taking a short course of driving

2) Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilakukan dalam

near future

Near future Jarak masa yang akan datang -

dengan saat ini dekat misal

- tonigh

- tomorrow

- the day after tomorrow

Near future ini relatif

I am visiting you tomorrow

Tonigh I am going to the movie

D NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Untuk membentuk kalimat negative cukup -

Meletakkan not sesudah to be

S + isamare + not + v + ing

Is + not isnt

Are + not arent

ex

middot I am not visiting you tomorrow

middot The teacher is not teaching now

middot They are still waiting for us

Pembentukan kalimat Tanya (interrogative)

dilakukan dengan menukarkan posisi to be

dengan subjek

Is am are + S + V + ing

Ex

- Is the teacher teaching now

- Are you taking the book

- Are the student discussing the problem

2 SIMPLE PRESENT

A BENTUK

S + V1

Jika subjek orang ketiga tunggal

(hesheit)maka V1 mengalami penambahan s es

atau ies tergantung pada huruf akhir V1

HeSheit + V1 + sesies

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 2 -

1) V1 yang di akhiri huruf h o s x meng-

lami penambahan es

- o go goes

- h teach teaches

- s kiss kisses

- x fix fixes

2) V1 yang diakhiri oleh huruf y jika sebelum-

nya terdapat konsonan sebelum menambah- ies

y dihapuskan

- y fly flies

- y cry cries

B FUNGSI

1) Habitutual Action

Menyatakan pekerjaan sesuatu yang meru

pakan kebiasaanUntuk fungsi ini digunakan

beberaapa keterangan waktu

Every day middot often

week middot seldom

month middot sometimes

year middot always

etc

ex

middot Budi walk to school every day

middot we play badminton every morning

middot Johny always sing at night

2) Untuk menyatakan kebenaran umum

(General Sense)

Menyatakan teori hal dan kecenderungan yang

memang benar

ex

middot Doctors work hard

middot Men eat foot

middot Gravitatioan makes apple fall

C NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE

Untuk membentuk kalimat negative dan interro-

gative kata Bantu do does digunakan

do + not dont

does + not doesnt

I He

You do She does

We It

They

Pengguanan dodoes sebagai kata Bantu

pada kaliamat negative dan interrogative

mengakibatkan penambahan s es ies tidak berlaku

S + dodoes + not + V1

dodoes + S + V1

ex

middot Budi doesnt walk to school

middot We dont play Badminton

middot Does Budi walk to school middot Do you play badminton every morning

3 PRESENT PERFECT TENSE

A BENTUK

S + hashave + V3

I He

You have She has

We It

They

Berdasarkan pembentukan kata kerja dari

bentuk pertama (V1) ke bentuk yang kedua dan -

ketiga (V2 V3) kata kerja dapat dibedakan

1) Regular Verb

Perubahan bentuk pertama ke bentuk kedua -

dan ketiga hanya menambahkan

- d untuk V1 yang berakhiran dengan huruf e

V1 V2 V3

decide

bake

decided

baked

decided

baked

- ed ditambahkan pada V1 yang tidak -

berakhiran dengan huruf e mi

V1 V2 V3

work

walk

worked

walked

worked

walked

- Untuk V1 yang berakhiran oleh huruf y dan -

Sebelumnya huruf y dan sebelumnya huruf -

mati (konsonan) maka sebelum menambah -

kan ed y dihapus

V1 V2 V3

cry

fry

cried

fried

cried

fried

2) Irregular Verb Kata kerja tak beraturan Pembentukan kata -

kerja dari V1 ke V2 dan V3 tanpa melalui sua-

tu kaedah

V1 V2 V3

go

sing

take

cut

went

sang

took

cut

gone

sung

taken

cut

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 3 -

Kata kerja yang digunakan untuk Present -

Perfect Tense ialah Kata kerja bentuk ketiga V3

(Past Participle)

B FUNGSI

1) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang telah

dilaksanakan Dalam fungsi ini keterangan

waktu tidak dibutuhkan hanya kata just

alreading atau yet untuk penekanan makna

ex

- Ted has postend the letter

- The police have caught the thief

- He has just arrived

- The students have taken the exam

already

2) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang dirintis pada

masa yang lampau dan sampai saat ini masih

Berlangsung

Dalam fungsi ini digunakan

- for selama

- since sejak

Ex

- We have dont the exercise for two hours

- She has written the novel for two months

The woman has been ill since next week

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya

kata not sesudah has have dan tidak jarang terdapat

kata yet diakhir kalimat

S + has have + not + V3 yet

Has + not hasnt

Have + not havent

ex

- the police havent caught the thief yet

- She hasnt written the novel for two months

Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk

dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek

Has have + S + V3

ex

- Has the visitor arrive

- Have the teacher given us a test

4 PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS

A BENTUK

S + Has have + been + V + ing

B FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang

dirintis pada masa yang lampau dan sampai saat

ini masih berlangsung Dalam fungsi ini digunakan

- for lama

- Since sejak

Ex

- We have been doing the exercise for two hours - She has been writing the novel for two months

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya

kata not sesudah has have

S + has have + not + been + V + ing

ex

- We havent been doing the exercise for two

hours

- She hasnt been writting the novel for two

months

Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk

dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek

has have + S + Been + V

ex

- Have we been doing the exercise for two hours

- Has she been writing the novels for two

months

Contoh Soal 1 I ________ my holiday in Bali every year

(A) are spending

(B) have spent

(C) wiil spend

(D) spent

(E) spend

2 Mr Brown _____ in his car for half an hour

(A) has rode

(B) drove

(C) drives

(D) has been driving

(E) is driving

3 The servant ___ the floor

(A) Has been sweepng

(B) Has swept

(C) is sweeping

(D) sweeps

(E) sweep

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 4 -

4 Detectives ___ uniforms

(A) do not wear

(B) does not wear

(C) are wearing

(D) have not worn

(E) have not being wearing

5 Badu _____ learning English now

(A) learns

(B) has learnt

(C) has been learning

(D) is learning

(E) learn

E- 2

TENSES 2

- Simple past

- Past continuous

- Past perfect

- Past perfect continuous

-

1 SIMPLE PAST

A BENTUK

S + V2

V2 Verb Past Tense

Pembentukan kata kerja dari bentuk V1 ke V2

dan V3 seperti yang telah dijelaskan pada Present

Perfect Tense

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang terjadi pada masa

lampau Untuk fungsi ini Simple Past selalu

ditandai oleh keterangan waktu

- Once - a month ago

- Yesterday two week ago

- Last night a few year ago

- Last week etc

month - just now

year

etc

ex

- He passed with flying colours in the last exam

- Yesterday Budi visited me

- He played football once

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Pembentukan Negative dan Interrogative

dengan menambahkan not pada did dan merubah

kata kerja menjadi V1

S + did + not + V1

did + not didnrsquot

ex

- He didnt pass with flying colours in the last -

exam

- He didnt play football once Meletakkkan did sebelum subjek

Did + S + V1

Ex

- Did he pass with flying colours

- Did Budi visit me yesterday

2 PAST CONTINOUS

A BENTUK

S + was were + V + ing

To be digunakan tergantung pada subyek

I you

He was we were

She they

It

B FUNGSI Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa lampau

ex

- The thieves were climbing the wall when the

police saw him

- As the woman was getting off the bus She

dropped her purse

- My mother was singing while she was cooking

- Tuti was not helping her mother when her

friends came

3 PAST PERFECT TENSE

A BENTUK

S + had + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 5 -

S + had + been + V + + ing

Ex

- When he reached the station the train had left for

Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his

Breakfast

- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch

4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS

A BENTUK

S + had + been + V + ing

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan

yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih

berlanjut pada masa tersebut

ex - At the time I started working at the office He

had been working for three years

- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had

been staying there for ten years

Contoh Soal

1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him

(A) were sitting

(B) is sitting

(C) was sitting

(D) are sitting

(E) has been sitting

2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for

three days

(A) have stayed

(B) had been staying

(C) was staying

(D) has been staying

(E) stayed

3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______

(A) arrived

(B) was arriving

(C) had been arriving

(D) had arrived

(E) will arrive

4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970

(A) had joined

(B) had been joining

(C) Joined

(D) was joining

(E) Joins

5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him

(A) ran away

(B) had been run away

(C) had run away

(D) had been running away

(E) has run away

E-4

- Modals

- pronoun

MODALS

Pengertian

Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu

kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata

kerja

FUNGSI

1 Permission

Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- might

- can

contoh

you may go now

you can have it

Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- can

- could

Contoh

May I help you

Could you show how to get to the post

Office

2 Ability

Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -

gunakan

- can

- could

Contoh

He could leave the heavy trunk

Jack can swim

3 Possibility

Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang

digunakan

- May

- Might

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 6 -

Contoh

He might come tomorrow

He may finish the assigment now

4 Advisability

Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan

- should

- ought to

Contoh

- you should clean your teeth

- You ought not to speak loudly

5 Obligation

Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals

yang diguanakan

- Must - have to

- has to - had to

Contoh

You must obey your parents

All had to return the book

6 Logical Conclusion

Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement

Modals yang digunakan

- Must - Might

- Should -ought to

Contoh

He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -

knocked on the door and got no answer He might -

have been sleeping

Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk

(A) may (D) might

(B) must (E) should

(C) could

2 ______ I go home in the last lesson

(1) may (3) can

(2) could (4) must

3 Birds____ fly

(A) could (D) must

(B) can (E) ought to

(C) may

4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor

(1) must (3) has to

(2) ought to (4) should

5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk

(A) ought (D) should

(B) should (E) has to

(C) could

PRONOUN

Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-

gai ganti dari kata benda

Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari

A PERSONAL PRONOUN

B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN

C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN

a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-

ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek

Kata ganti orang terdiri

SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

him

her

it

they

1 SUBJECT PRONOUN

Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -

yek)

The woman is going to the shop

the woman is shopping

Sebaiknya

She is shopping

The cat is flying on the floor

The cat is sleeping

Sebaiknya

It is sleeping

Johny and I are running

Johny and I are chased by a dog

Sebaiknya

We are chassed by a dog

Bob and Ted are in the river

Bob and Ted are swimming

Sebliknya

Bob and Ted are swimming

2 OBJECT PRONOUN

Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

SUBJECT

PRONOUN

OBJECT

PRONOUN

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 7 -

Contoh

We saw a donkey

The farmer hit the donkey with a stick

Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-

an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun

The farmer hit it with a stick

The lady bought potatoes

The hawker put the potatoes in a package

Sebaiknya

The hawker put them in a package

The teacher called Ani

Her mother waited for Ani in the office

Sebaiknya

Her mother waited for her in the office

Contoh

The man is standing outside the building

The man is waiting for his son

The man pada kalimat kedua

Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai

subyek

Kalimatnya

He is waiting for his son

I met Amir at the station

A conductor was talking Amir

Sebaiknya

A conductor was talking to her

The headmaster punished the boys

The teacher found the boys peeping

Sebaiknya

The teacher found them peeping

2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-

nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-

CTIVE

POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN

my

our

your

his

her

its

their

mine

ours

yours

h is

hers

Its

their

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-

nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata

benda

Contoh

This is my car

Tis car is mine

This is her wtch

This watch is hers

That is your pen

That pen is yours

These are their books

These books are theirs

That is our class

That class is ours

That is its kitten

That kitten is its

Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan

menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika

bendanya diketahui

That is my pen and this is yours

Is this your

Where is mine

It belongs to hers

C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive

Pronoun

SINGULAR PLURAL

myself

yourself

himself

herself

itself

Oursselves

yourselves

themselves

Contoh

The little girl fell down and hurt herself

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

SUBJET OBJECT

I

we you

you

he she

it

they

me

us you

you

him her

it

them

my

our your

your

his her

its

their

mine

ours yours

yours

h is hers

Its

their

myself

ourselves yourself

yourselves

himself herself

itself

themselves

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 8 -

He was tired of life so he killed himself

A baby cannot dress it self

I sometimes cut myself when

I am shaving

W e must not be selfish and think only about

Ourselves

She looked at herself in the mirror

He lives alone and often talks to himself

Some men go to a barber but most men shave

themselves

Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk

mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang

yang dimaksud

I saw the minister himself

I myself mended the wireless

The queen herself is going to open the

New hospital

E-4

1 ADJECTIVE

2 ADVERB

1 ADJECTIVE

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )

PEMBAGIAN

Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY

A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks

Karakter

Usia

Bentuk

Ukuran

Warna

Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang

benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

He is an old man

The book is red

We see high buildings in the city

The teacher always gies us difficult problem to

solves

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan

Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE

ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

you

him

her

it

them

my

our

your

your

his

her

its

their

Contoh

I lost my book

The teacher forgot to bring his beg

The studens were busy writing their composition

The pick-pocket tole her wallet

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-

taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

This boy is strong

These mangoes are sour

Donrsquot be in such a hurry

That rascal must be punished

D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata tanya seperti which what whose -

yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah

kalimatnya

Contoh

What manner of man is he

Which way shall we go

Whose book is this

E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben

da yang dimaksud

Contoh

I eat some rice

He showed much patience

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 2: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 2 -

1) V1 yang di akhiri huruf h o s x meng-

lami penambahan es

- o go goes

- h teach teaches

- s kiss kisses

- x fix fixes

2) V1 yang diakhiri oleh huruf y jika sebelum-

nya terdapat konsonan sebelum menambah- ies

y dihapuskan

- y fly flies

- y cry cries

B FUNGSI

1) Habitutual Action

Menyatakan pekerjaan sesuatu yang meru

pakan kebiasaanUntuk fungsi ini digunakan

beberaapa keterangan waktu

Every day middot often

week middot seldom

month middot sometimes

year middot always

etc

ex

middot Budi walk to school every day

middot we play badminton every morning

middot Johny always sing at night

2) Untuk menyatakan kebenaran umum

(General Sense)

Menyatakan teori hal dan kecenderungan yang

memang benar

ex

middot Doctors work hard

middot Men eat foot

middot Gravitatioan makes apple fall

C NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE

Untuk membentuk kalimat negative dan interro-

gative kata Bantu do does digunakan

do + not dont

does + not doesnt

I He

You do She does

We It

They

Pengguanan dodoes sebagai kata Bantu

pada kaliamat negative dan interrogative

mengakibatkan penambahan s es ies tidak berlaku

S + dodoes + not + V1

dodoes + S + V1

ex

middot Budi doesnt walk to school

middot We dont play Badminton

middot Does Budi walk to school middot Do you play badminton every morning

3 PRESENT PERFECT TENSE

A BENTUK

S + hashave + V3

I He

You have She has

We It

They

Berdasarkan pembentukan kata kerja dari

bentuk pertama (V1) ke bentuk yang kedua dan -

ketiga (V2 V3) kata kerja dapat dibedakan

1) Regular Verb

Perubahan bentuk pertama ke bentuk kedua -

dan ketiga hanya menambahkan

- d untuk V1 yang berakhiran dengan huruf e

V1 V2 V3

decide

bake

decided

baked

decided

baked

- ed ditambahkan pada V1 yang tidak -

berakhiran dengan huruf e mi

V1 V2 V3

work

walk

worked

walked

worked

walked

- Untuk V1 yang berakhiran oleh huruf y dan -

Sebelumnya huruf y dan sebelumnya huruf -

mati (konsonan) maka sebelum menambah -

kan ed y dihapus

V1 V2 V3

cry

fry

cried

fried

cried

fried

2) Irregular Verb Kata kerja tak beraturan Pembentukan kata -

kerja dari V1 ke V2 dan V3 tanpa melalui sua-

tu kaedah

V1 V2 V3

go

sing

take

cut

went

sang

took

cut

gone

sung

taken

cut

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 3 -

Kata kerja yang digunakan untuk Present -

Perfect Tense ialah Kata kerja bentuk ketiga V3

(Past Participle)

B FUNGSI

1) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang telah

dilaksanakan Dalam fungsi ini keterangan

waktu tidak dibutuhkan hanya kata just

alreading atau yet untuk penekanan makna

ex

- Ted has postend the letter

- The police have caught the thief

- He has just arrived

- The students have taken the exam

already

2) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang dirintis pada

masa yang lampau dan sampai saat ini masih

Berlangsung

Dalam fungsi ini digunakan

- for selama

- since sejak

Ex

- We have dont the exercise for two hours

- She has written the novel for two months

The woman has been ill since next week

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya

kata not sesudah has have dan tidak jarang terdapat

kata yet diakhir kalimat

S + has have + not + V3 yet

Has + not hasnt

Have + not havent

ex

- the police havent caught the thief yet

- She hasnt written the novel for two months

Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk

dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek

Has have + S + V3

ex

- Has the visitor arrive

- Have the teacher given us a test

4 PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS

A BENTUK

S + Has have + been + V + ing

B FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang

dirintis pada masa yang lampau dan sampai saat

ini masih berlangsung Dalam fungsi ini digunakan

- for lama

- Since sejak

Ex

- We have been doing the exercise for two hours - She has been writing the novel for two months

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya

kata not sesudah has have

S + has have + not + been + V + ing

ex

- We havent been doing the exercise for two

hours

- She hasnt been writting the novel for two

months

Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk

dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek

has have + S + Been + V

ex

- Have we been doing the exercise for two hours

- Has she been writing the novels for two

months

Contoh Soal 1 I ________ my holiday in Bali every year

(A) are spending

(B) have spent

(C) wiil spend

(D) spent

(E) spend

2 Mr Brown _____ in his car for half an hour

(A) has rode

(B) drove

(C) drives

(D) has been driving

(E) is driving

3 The servant ___ the floor

(A) Has been sweepng

(B) Has swept

(C) is sweeping

(D) sweeps

(E) sweep

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 4 -

4 Detectives ___ uniforms

(A) do not wear

(B) does not wear

(C) are wearing

(D) have not worn

(E) have not being wearing

5 Badu _____ learning English now

(A) learns

(B) has learnt

(C) has been learning

(D) is learning

(E) learn

E- 2

TENSES 2

- Simple past

- Past continuous

- Past perfect

- Past perfect continuous

-

1 SIMPLE PAST

A BENTUK

S + V2

V2 Verb Past Tense

Pembentukan kata kerja dari bentuk V1 ke V2

dan V3 seperti yang telah dijelaskan pada Present

Perfect Tense

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang terjadi pada masa

lampau Untuk fungsi ini Simple Past selalu

ditandai oleh keterangan waktu

- Once - a month ago

- Yesterday two week ago

- Last night a few year ago

- Last week etc

month - just now

year

etc

ex

- He passed with flying colours in the last exam

- Yesterday Budi visited me

- He played football once

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Pembentukan Negative dan Interrogative

dengan menambahkan not pada did dan merubah

kata kerja menjadi V1

S + did + not + V1

did + not didnrsquot

ex

- He didnt pass with flying colours in the last -

exam

- He didnt play football once Meletakkkan did sebelum subjek

Did + S + V1

Ex

- Did he pass with flying colours

- Did Budi visit me yesterday

2 PAST CONTINOUS

A BENTUK

S + was were + V + ing

To be digunakan tergantung pada subyek

I you

He was we were

She they

It

B FUNGSI Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa lampau

ex

- The thieves were climbing the wall when the

police saw him

- As the woman was getting off the bus She

dropped her purse

- My mother was singing while she was cooking

- Tuti was not helping her mother when her

friends came

3 PAST PERFECT TENSE

A BENTUK

S + had + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 5 -

S + had + been + V + + ing

Ex

- When he reached the station the train had left for

Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his

Breakfast

- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch

4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS

A BENTUK

S + had + been + V + ing

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan

yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih

berlanjut pada masa tersebut

ex - At the time I started working at the office He

had been working for three years

- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had

been staying there for ten years

Contoh Soal

1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him

(A) were sitting

(B) is sitting

(C) was sitting

(D) are sitting

(E) has been sitting

2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for

three days

(A) have stayed

(B) had been staying

(C) was staying

(D) has been staying

(E) stayed

3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______

(A) arrived

(B) was arriving

(C) had been arriving

(D) had arrived

(E) will arrive

4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970

(A) had joined

(B) had been joining

(C) Joined

(D) was joining

(E) Joins

5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him

(A) ran away

(B) had been run away

(C) had run away

(D) had been running away

(E) has run away

E-4

- Modals

- pronoun

MODALS

Pengertian

Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu

kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata

kerja

FUNGSI

1 Permission

Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- might

- can

contoh

you may go now

you can have it

Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- can

- could

Contoh

May I help you

Could you show how to get to the post

Office

2 Ability

Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -

gunakan

- can

- could

Contoh

He could leave the heavy trunk

Jack can swim

3 Possibility

Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang

digunakan

- May

- Might

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 6 -

Contoh

He might come tomorrow

He may finish the assigment now

4 Advisability

Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan

- should

- ought to

Contoh

- you should clean your teeth

- You ought not to speak loudly

5 Obligation

Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals

yang diguanakan

- Must - have to

- has to - had to

Contoh

You must obey your parents

All had to return the book

6 Logical Conclusion

Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement

Modals yang digunakan

- Must - Might

- Should -ought to

Contoh

He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -

knocked on the door and got no answer He might -

have been sleeping

Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk

(A) may (D) might

(B) must (E) should

(C) could

2 ______ I go home in the last lesson

(1) may (3) can

(2) could (4) must

3 Birds____ fly

(A) could (D) must

(B) can (E) ought to

(C) may

4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor

(1) must (3) has to

(2) ought to (4) should

5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk

(A) ought (D) should

(B) should (E) has to

(C) could

PRONOUN

Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-

gai ganti dari kata benda

Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari

A PERSONAL PRONOUN

B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN

C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN

a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-

ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek

Kata ganti orang terdiri

SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

him

her

it

they

1 SUBJECT PRONOUN

Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -

yek)

The woman is going to the shop

the woman is shopping

Sebaiknya

She is shopping

The cat is flying on the floor

The cat is sleeping

Sebaiknya

It is sleeping

Johny and I are running

Johny and I are chased by a dog

Sebaiknya

We are chassed by a dog

Bob and Ted are in the river

Bob and Ted are swimming

Sebliknya

Bob and Ted are swimming

2 OBJECT PRONOUN

Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

SUBJECT

PRONOUN

OBJECT

PRONOUN

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 7 -

Contoh

We saw a donkey

The farmer hit the donkey with a stick

Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-

an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun

The farmer hit it with a stick

The lady bought potatoes

The hawker put the potatoes in a package

Sebaiknya

The hawker put them in a package

The teacher called Ani

Her mother waited for Ani in the office

Sebaiknya

Her mother waited for her in the office

Contoh

The man is standing outside the building

The man is waiting for his son

The man pada kalimat kedua

Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai

subyek

Kalimatnya

He is waiting for his son

I met Amir at the station

A conductor was talking Amir

Sebaiknya

A conductor was talking to her

The headmaster punished the boys

The teacher found the boys peeping

Sebaiknya

The teacher found them peeping

2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-

nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-

CTIVE

POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN

my

our

your

his

her

its

their

mine

ours

yours

h is

hers

Its

their

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-

nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata

benda

Contoh

This is my car

Tis car is mine

This is her wtch

This watch is hers

That is your pen

That pen is yours

These are their books

These books are theirs

That is our class

That class is ours

That is its kitten

That kitten is its

Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan

menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika

bendanya diketahui

That is my pen and this is yours

Is this your

Where is mine

It belongs to hers

C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive

Pronoun

SINGULAR PLURAL

myself

yourself

himself

herself

itself

Oursselves

yourselves

themselves

Contoh

The little girl fell down and hurt herself

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

SUBJET OBJECT

I

we you

you

he she

it

they

me

us you

you

him her

it

them

my

our your

your

his her

its

their

mine

ours yours

yours

h is hers

Its

their

myself

ourselves yourself

yourselves

himself herself

itself

themselves

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 8 -

He was tired of life so he killed himself

A baby cannot dress it self

I sometimes cut myself when

I am shaving

W e must not be selfish and think only about

Ourselves

She looked at herself in the mirror

He lives alone and often talks to himself

Some men go to a barber but most men shave

themselves

Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk

mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang

yang dimaksud

I saw the minister himself

I myself mended the wireless

The queen herself is going to open the

New hospital

E-4

1 ADJECTIVE

2 ADVERB

1 ADJECTIVE

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )

PEMBAGIAN

Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY

A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks

Karakter

Usia

Bentuk

Ukuran

Warna

Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang

benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

He is an old man

The book is red

We see high buildings in the city

The teacher always gies us difficult problem to

solves

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan

Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE

ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

you

him

her

it

them

my

our

your

your

his

her

its

their

Contoh

I lost my book

The teacher forgot to bring his beg

The studens were busy writing their composition

The pick-pocket tole her wallet

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-

taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

This boy is strong

These mangoes are sour

Donrsquot be in such a hurry

That rascal must be punished

D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata tanya seperti which what whose -

yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah

kalimatnya

Contoh

What manner of man is he

Which way shall we go

Whose book is this

E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben

da yang dimaksud

Contoh

I eat some rice

He showed much patience

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 3: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 3 -

Kata kerja yang digunakan untuk Present -

Perfect Tense ialah Kata kerja bentuk ketiga V3

(Past Participle)

B FUNGSI

1) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang telah

dilaksanakan Dalam fungsi ini keterangan

waktu tidak dibutuhkan hanya kata just

alreading atau yet untuk penekanan makna

ex

- Ted has postend the letter

- The police have caught the thief

- He has just arrived

- The students have taken the exam

already

2) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang dirintis pada

masa yang lampau dan sampai saat ini masih

Berlangsung

Dalam fungsi ini digunakan

- for selama

- since sejak

Ex

- We have dont the exercise for two hours

- She has written the novel for two months

The woman has been ill since next week

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya

kata not sesudah has have dan tidak jarang terdapat

kata yet diakhir kalimat

S + has have + not + V3 yet

Has + not hasnt

Have + not havent

ex

- the police havent caught the thief yet

- She hasnt written the novel for two months

Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk

dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek

Has have + S + V3

ex

- Has the visitor arrive

- Have the teacher given us a test

4 PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS

A BENTUK

S + Has have + been + V + ing

B FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang

dirintis pada masa yang lampau dan sampai saat

ini masih berlangsung Dalam fungsi ini digunakan

- for lama

- Since sejak

Ex

- We have been doing the exercise for two hours - She has been writing the novel for two months

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya

kata not sesudah has have

S + has have + not + been + V + ing

ex

- We havent been doing the exercise for two

hours

- She hasnt been writting the novel for two

months

Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk

dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek

has have + S + Been + V

ex

- Have we been doing the exercise for two hours

- Has she been writing the novels for two

months

Contoh Soal 1 I ________ my holiday in Bali every year

(A) are spending

(B) have spent

(C) wiil spend

(D) spent

(E) spend

2 Mr Brown _____ in his car for half an hour

(A) has rode

(B) drove

(C) drives

(D) has been driving

(E) is driving

3 The servant ___ the floor

(A) Has been sweepng

(B) Has swept

(C) is sweeping

(D) sweeps

(E) sweep

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 4 -

4 Detectives ___ uniforms

(A) do not wear

(B) does not wear

(C) are wearing

(D) have not worn

(E) have not being wearing

5 Badu _____ learning English now

(A) learns

(B) has learnt

(C) has been learning

(D) is learning

(E) learn

E- 2

TENSES 2

- Simple past

- Past continuous

- Past perfect

- Past perfect continuous

-

1 SIMPLE PAST

A BENTUK

S + V2

V2 Verb Past Tense

Pembentukan kata kerja dari bentuk V1 ke V2

dan V3 seperti yang telah dijelaskan pada Present

Perfect Tense

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang terjadi pada masa

lampau Untuk fungsi ini Simple Past selalu

ditandai oleh keterangan waktu

- Once - a month ago

- Yesterday two week ago

- Last night a few year ago

- Last week etc

month - just now

year

etc

ex

- He passed with flying colours in the last exam

- Yesterday Budi visited me

- He played football once

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Pembentukan Negative dan Interrogative

dengan menambahkan not pada did dan merubah

kata kerja menjadi V1

S + did + not + V1

did + not didnrsquot

ex

- He didnt pass with flying colours in the last -

exam

- He didnt play football once Meletakkkan did sebelum subjek

Did + S + V1

Ex

- Did he pass with flying colours

- Did Budi visit me yesterday

2 PAST CONTINOUS

A BENTUK

S + was were + V + ing

To be digunakan tergantung pada subyek

I you

He was we were

She they

It

B FUNGSI Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa lampau

ex

- The thieves were climbing the wall when the

police saw him

- As the woman was getting off the bus She

dropped her purse

- My mother was singing while she was cooking

- Tuti was not helping her mother when her

friends came

3 PAST PERFECT TENSE

A BENTUK

S + had + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 5 -

S + had + been + V + + ing

Ex

- When he reached the station the train had left for

Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his

Breakfast

- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch

4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS

A BENTUK

S + had + been + V + ing

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan

yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih

berlanjut pada masa tersebut

ex - At the time I started working at the office He

had been working for three years

- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had

been staying there for ten years

Contoh Soal

1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him

(A) were sitting

(B) is sitting

(C) was sitting

(D) are sitting

(E) has been sitting

2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for

three days

(A) have stayed

(B) had been staying

(C) was staying

(D) has been staying

(E) stayed

3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______

(A) arrived

(B) was arriving

(C) had been arriving

(D) had arrived

(E) will arrive

4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970

(A) had joined

(B) had been joining

(C) Joined

(D) was joining

(E) Joins

5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him

(A) ran away

(B) had been run away

(C) had run away

(D) had been running away

(E) has run away

E-4

- Modals

- pronoun

MODALS

Pengertian

Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu

kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata

kerja

FUNGSI

1 Permission

Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- might

- can

contoh

you may go now

you can have it

Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- can

- could

Contoh

May I help you

Could you show how to get to the post

Office

2 Ability

Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -

gunakan

- can

- could

Contoh

He could leave the heavy trunk

Jack can swim

3 Possibility

Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang

digunakan

- May

- Might

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 6 -

Contoh

He might come tomorrow

He may finish the assigment now

4 Advisability

Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan

- should

- ought to

Contoh

- you should clean your teeth

- You ought not to speak loudly

5 Obligation

Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals

yang diguanakan

- Must - have to

- has to - had to

Contoh

You must obey your parents

All had to return the book

6 Logical Conclusion

Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement

Modals yang digunakan

- Must - Might

- Should -ought to

Contoh

He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -

knocked on the door and got no answer He might -

have been sleeping

Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk

(A) may (D) might

(B) must (E) should

(C) could

2 ______ I go home in the last lesson

(1) may (3) can

(2) could (4) must

3 Birds____ fly

(A) could (D) must

(B) can (E) ought to

(C) may

4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor

(1) must (3) has to

(2) ought to (4) should

5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk

(A) ought (D) should

(B) should (E) has to

(C) could

PRONOUN

Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-

gai ganti dari kata benda

Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari

A PERSONAL PRONOUN

B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN

C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN

a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-

ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek

Kata ganti orang terdiri

SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

him

her

it

they

1 SUBJECT PRONOUN

Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -

yek)

The woman is going to the shop

the woman is shopping

Sebaiknya

She is shopping

The cat is flying on the floor

The cat is sleeping

Sebaiknya

It is sleeping

Johny and I are running

Johny and I are chased by a dog

Sebaiknya

We are chassed by a dog

Bob and Ted are in the river

Bob and Ted are swimming

Sebliknya

Bob and Ted are swimming

2 OBJECT PRONOUN

Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

SUBJECT

PRONOUN

OBJECT

PRONOUN

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 7 -

Contoh

We saw a donkey

The farmer hit the donkey with a stick

Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-

an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun

The farmer hit it with a stick

The lady bought potatoes

The hawker put the potatoes in a package

Sebaiknya

The hawker put them in a package

The teacher called Ani

Her mother waited for Ani in the office

Sebaiknya

Her mother waited for her in the office

Contoh

The man is standing outside the building

The man is waiting for his son

The man pada kalimat kedua

Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai

subyek

Kalimatnya

He is waiting for his son

I met Amir at the station

A conductor was talking Amir

Sebaiknya

A conductor was talking to her

The headmaster punished the boys

The teacher found the boys peeping

Sebaiknya

The teacher found them peeping

2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-

nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-

CTIVE

POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN

my

our

your

his

her

its

their

mine

ours

yours

h is

hers

Its

their

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-

nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata

benda

Contoh

This is my car

Tis car is mine

This is her wtch

This watch is hers

That is your pen

That pen is yours

These are their books

These books are theirs

That is our class

That class is ours

That is its kitten

That kitten is its

Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan

menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika

bendanya diketahui

That is my pen and this is yours

Is this your

Where is mine

It belongs to hers

C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive

Pronoun

SINGULAR PLURAL

myself

yourself

himself

herself

itself

Oursselves

yourselves

themselves

Contoh

The little girl fell down and hurt herself

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

SUBJET OBJECT

I

we you

you

he she

it

they

me

us you

you

him her

it

them

my

our your

your

his her

its

their

mine

ours yours

yours

h is hers

Its

their

myself

ourselves yourself

yourselves

himself herself

itself

themselves

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 8 -

He was tired of life so he killed himself

A baby cannot dress it self

I sometimes cut myself when

I am shaving

W e must not be selfish and think only about

Ourselves

She looked at herself in the mirror

He lives alone and often talks to himself

Some men go to a barber but most men shave

themselves

Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk

mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang

yang dimaksud

I saw the minister himself

I myself mended the wireless

The queen herself is going to open the

New hospital

E-4

1 ADJECTIVE

2 ADVERB

1 ADJECTIVE

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )

PEMBAGIAN

Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY

A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks

Karakter

Usia

Bentuk

Ukuran

Warna

Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang

benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

He is an old man

The book is red

We see high buildings in the city

The teacher always gies us difficult problem to

solves

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan

Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE

ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

you

him

her

it

them

my

our

your

your

his

her

its

their

Contoh

I lost my book

The teacher forgot to bring his beg

The studens were busy writing their composition

The pick-pocket tole her wallet

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-

taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

This boy is strong

These mangoes are sour

Donrsquot be in such a hurry

That rascal must be punished

D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata tanya seperti which what whose -

yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah

kalimatnya

Contoh

What manner of man is he

Which way shall we go

Whose book is this

E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben

da yang dimaksud

Contoh

I eat some rice

He showed much patience

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 4: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 4 -

4 Detectives ___ uniforms

(A) do not wear

(B) does not wear

(C) are wearing

(D) have not worn

(E) have not being wearing

5 Badu _____ learning English now

(A) learns

(B) has learnt

(C) has been learning

(D) is learning

(E) learn

E- 2

TENSES 2

- Simple past

- Past continuous

- Past perfect

- Past perfect continuous

-

1 SIMPLE PAST

A BENTUK

S + V2

V2 Verb Past Tense

Pembentukan kata kerja dari bentuk V1 ke V2

dan V3 seperti yang telah dijelaskan pada Present

Perfect Tense

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang terjadi pada masa

lampau Untuk fungsi ini Simple Past selalu

ditandai oleh keterangan waktu

- Once - a month ago

- Yesterday two week ago

- Last night a few year ago

- Last week etc

month - just now

year

etc

ex

- He passed with flying colours in the last exam

- Yesterday Budi visited me

- He played football once

C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE

Pembentukan Negative dan Interrogative

dengan menambahkan not pada did dan merubah

kata kerja menjadi V1

S + did + not + V1

did + not didnrsquot

ex

- He didnt pass with flying colours in the last -

exam

- He didnt play football once Meletakkkan did sebelum subjek

Did + S + V1

Ex

- Did he pass with flying colours

- Did Budi visit me yesterday

2 PAST CONTINOUS

A BENTUK

S + was were + V + ing

To be digunakan tergantung pada subyek

I you

He was we were

She they

It

B FUNGSI Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa lampau

ex

- The thieves were climbing the wall when the

police saw him

- As the woman was getting off the bus She

dropped her purse

- My mother was singing while she was cooking

- Tuti was not helping her mother when her

friends came

3 PAST PERFECT TENSE

A BENTUK

S + had + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 5 -

S + had + been + V + + ing

Ex

- When he reached the station the train had left for

Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his

Breakfast

- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch

4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS

A BENTUK

S + had + been + V + ing

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan

yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih

berlanjut pada masa tersebut

ex - At the time I started working at the office He

had been working for three years

- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had

been staying there for ten years

Contoh Soal

1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him

(A) were sitting

(B) is sitting

(C) was sitting

(D) are sitting

(E) has been sitting

2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for

three days

(A) have stayed

(B) had been staying

(C) was staying

(D) has been staying

(E) stayed

3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______

(A) arrived

(B) was arriving

(C) had been arriving

(D) had arrived

(E) will arrive

4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970

(A) had joined

(B) had been joining

(C) Joined

(D) was joining

(E) Joins

5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him

(A) ran away

(B) had been run away

(C) had run away

(D) had been running away

(E) has run away

E-4

- Modals

- pronoun

MODALS

Pengertian

Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu

kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata

kerja

FUNGSI

1 Permission

Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- might

- can

contoh

you may go now

you can have it

Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- can

- could

Contoh

May I help you

Could you show how to get to the post

Office

2 Ability

Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -

gunakan

- can

- could

Contoh

He could leave the heavy trunk

Jack can swim

3 Possibility

Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang

digunakan

- May

- Might

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 6 -

Contoh

He might come tomorrow

He may finish the assigment now

4 Advisability

Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan

- should

- ought to

Contoh

- you should clean your teeth

- You ought not to speak loudly

5 Obligation

Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals

yang diguanakan

- Must - have to

- has to - had to

Contoh

You must obey your parents

All had to return the book

6 Logical Conclusion

Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement

Modals yang digunakan

- Must - Might

- Should -ought to

Contoh

He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -

knocked on the door and got no answer He might -

have been sleeping

Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk

(A) may (D) might

(B) must (E) should

(C) could

2 ______ I go home in the last lesson

(1) may (3) can

(2) could (4) must

3 Birds____ fly

(A) could (D) must

(B) can (E) ought to

(C) may

4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor

(1) must (3) has to

(2) ought to (4) should

5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk

(A) ought (D) should

(B) should (E) has to

(C) could

PRONOUN

Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-

gai ganti dari kata benda

Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari

A PERSONAL PRONOUN

B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN

C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN

a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-

ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek

Kata ganti orang terdiri

SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

him

her

it

they

1 SUBJECT PRONOUN

Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -

yek)

The woman is going to the shop

the woman is shopping

Sebaiknya

She is shopping

The cat is flying on the floor

The cat is sleeping

Sebaiknya

It is sleeping

Johny and I are running

Johny and I are chased by a dog

Sebaiknya

We are chassed by a dog

Bob and Ted are in the river

Bob and Ted are swimming

Sebliknya

Bob and Ted are swimming

2 OBJECT PRONOUN

Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

SUBJECT

PRONOUN

OBJECT

PRONOUN

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 7 -

Contoh

We saw a donkey

The farmer hit the donkey with a stick

Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-

an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun

The farmer hit it with a stick

The lady bought potatoes

The hawker put the potatoes in a package

Sebaiknya

The hawker put them in a package

The teacher called Ani

Her mother waited for Ani in the office

Sebaiknya

Her mother waited for her in the office

Contoh

The man is standing outside the building

The man is waiting for his son

The man pada kalimat kedua

Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai

subyek

Kalimatnya

He is waiting for his son

I met Amir at the station

A conductor was talking Amir

Sebaiknya

A conductor was talking to her

The headmaster punished the boys

The teacher found the boys peeping

Sebaiknya

The teacher found them peeping

2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-

nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-

CTIVE

POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN

my

our

your

his

her

its

their

mine

ours

yours

h is

hers

Its

their

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-

nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata

benda

Contoh

This is my car

Tis car is mine

This is her wtch

This watch is hers

That is your pen

That pen is yours

These are their books

These books are theirs

That is our class

That class is ours

That is its kitten

That kitten is its

Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan

menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika

bendanya diketahui

That is my pen and this is yours

Is this your

Where is mine

It belongs to hers

C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive

Pronoun

SINGULAR PLURAL

myself

yourself

himself

herself

itself

Oursselves

yourselves

themselves

Contoh

The little girl fell down and hurt herself

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

SUBJET OBJECT

I

we you

you

he she

it

they

me

us you

you

him her

it

them

my

our your

your

his her

its

their

mine

ours yours

yours

h is hers

Its

their

myself

ourselves yourself

yourselves

himself herself

itself

themselves

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 8 -

He was tired of life so he killed himself

A baby cannot dress it self

I sometimes cut myself when

I am shaving

W e must not be selfish and think only about

Ourselves

She looked at herself in the mirror

He lives alone and often talks to himself

Some men go to a barber but most men shave

themselves

Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk

mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang

yang dimaksud

I saw the minister himself

I myself mended the wireless

The queen herself is going to open the

New hospital

E-4

1 ADJECTIVE

2 ADVERB

1 ADJECTIVE

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )

PEMBAGIAN

Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY

A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks

Karakter

Usia

Bentuk

Ukuran

Warna

Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang

benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

He is an old man

The book is red

We see high buildings in the city

The teacher always gies us difficult problem to

solves

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan

Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE

ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

you

him

her

it

them

my

our

your

your

his

her

its

their

Contoh

I lost my book

The teacher forgot to bring his beg

The studens were busy writing their composition

The pick-pocket tole her wallet

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-

taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

This boy is strong

These mangoes are sour

Donrsquot be in such a hurry

That rascal must be punished

D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata tanya seperti which what whose -

yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah

kalimatnya

Contoh

What manner of man is he

Which way shall we go

Whose book is this

E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben

da yang dimaksud

Contoh

I eat some rice

He showed much patience

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 5: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 5 -

S + had + been + V + + ing

Ex

- When he reached the station the train had left for

Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his

Breakfast

- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch

4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS

A BENTUK

S + had + been + V + ing

B FUNGSI

Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan

yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih

berlanjut pada masa tersebut

ex - At the time I started working at the office He

had been working for three years

- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had

been staying there for ten years

Contoh Soal

1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him

(A) were sitting

(B) is sitting

(C) was sitting

(D) are sitting

(E) has been sitting

2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for

three days

(A) have stayed

(B) had been staying

(C) was staying

(D) has been staying

(E) stayed

3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______

(A) arrived

(B) was arriving

(C) had been arriving

(D) had arrived

(E) will arrive

4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970

(A) had joined

(B) had been joining

(C) Joined

(D) was joining

(E) Joins

5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him

(A) ran away

(B) had been run away

(C) had run away

(D) had been running away

(E) has run away

E-4

- Modals

- pronoun

MODALS

Pengertian

Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu

kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata

kerja

FUNGSI

1 Permission

Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- might

- can

contoh

you may go now

you can have it

Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan

- may

- can

- could

Contoh

May I help you

Could you show how to get to the post

Office

2 Ability

Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -

gunakan

- can

- could

Contoh

He could leave the heavy trunk

Jack can swim

3 Possibility

Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang

digunakan

- May

- Might

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 6 -

Contoh

He might come tomorrow

He may finish the assigment now

4 Advisability

Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan

- should

- ought to

Contoh

- you should clean your teeth

- You ought not to speak loudly

5 Obligation

Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals

yang diguanakan

- Must - have to

- has to - had to

Contoh

You must obey your parents

All had to return the book

6 Logical Conclusion

Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement

Modals yang digunakan

- Must - Might

- Should -ought to

Contoh

He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -

knocked on the door and got no answer He might -

have been sleeping

Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk

(A) may (D) might

(B) must (E) should

(C) could

2 ______ I go home in the last lesson

(1) may (3) can

(2) could (4) must

3 Birds____ fly

(A) could (D) must

(B) can (E) ought to

(C) may

4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor

(1) must (3) has to

(2) ought to (4) should

5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk

(A) ought (D) should

(B) should (E) has to

(C) could

PRONOUN

Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-

gai ganti dari kata benda

Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari

A PERSONAL PRONOUN

B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN

C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN

a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-

ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek

Kata ganti orang terdiri

SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

him

her

it

they

1 SUBJECT PRONOUN

Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -

yek)

The woman is going to the shop

the woman is shopping

Sebaiknya

She is shopping

The cat is flying on the floor

The cat is sleeping

Sebaiknya

It is sleeping

Johny and I are running

Johny and I are chased by a dog

Sebaiknya

We are chassed by a dog

Bob and Ted are in the river

Bob and Ted are swimming

Sebliknya

Bob and Ted are swimming

2 OBJECT PRONOUN

Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

SUBJECT

PRONOUN

OBJECT

PRONOUN

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 7 -

Contoh

We saw a donkey

The farmer hit the donkey with a stick

Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-

an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun

The farmer hit it with a stick

The lady bought potatoes

The hawker put the potatoes in a package

Sebaiknya

The hawker put them in a package

The teacher called Ani

Her mother waited for Ani in the office

Sebaiknya

Her mother waited for her in the office

Contoh

The man is standing outside the building

The man is waiting for his son

The man pada kalimat kedua

Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai

subyek

Kalimatnya

He is waiting for his son

I met Amir at the station

A conductor was talking Amir

Sebaiknya

A conductor was talking to her

The headmaster punished the boys

The teacher found the boys peeping

Sebaiknya

The teacher found them peeping

2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-

nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-

CTIVE

POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN

my

our

your

his

her

its

their

mine

ours

yours

h is

hers

Its

their

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-

nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata

benda

Contoh

This is my car

Tis car is mine

This is her wtch

This watch is hers

That is your pen

That pen is yours

These are their books

These books are theirs

That is our class

That class is ours

That is its kitten

That kitten is its

Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan

menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika

bendanya diketahui

That is my pen and this is yours

Is this your

Where is mine

It belongs to hers

C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive

Pronoun

SINGULAR PLURAL

myself

yourself

himself

herself

itself

Oursselves

yourselves

themselves

Contoh

The little girl fell down and hurt herself

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

SUBJET OBJECT

I

we you

you

he she

it

they

me

us you

you

him her

it

them

my

our your

your

his her

its

their

mine

ours yours

yours

h is hers

Its

their

myself

ourselves yourself

yourselves

himself herself

itself

themselves

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 8 -

He was tired of life so he killed himself

A baby cannot dress it self

I sometimes cut myself when

I am shaving

W e must not be selfish and think only about

Ourselves

She looked at herself in the mirror

He lives alone and often talks to himself

Some men go to a barber but most men shave

themselves

Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk

mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang

yang dimaksud

I saw the minister himself

I myself mended the wireless

The queen herself is going to open the

New hospital

E-4

1 ADJECTIVE

2 ADVERB

1 ADJECTIVE

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )

PEMBAGIAN

Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY

A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks

Karakter

Usia

Bentuk

Ukuran

Warna

Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang

benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

He is an old man

The book is red

We see high buildings in the city

The teacher always gies us difficult problem to

solves

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan

Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE

ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

you

him

her

it

them

my

our

your

your

his

her

its

their

Contoh

I lost my book

The teacher forgot to bring his beg

The studens were busy writing their composition

The pick-pocket tole her wallet

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-

taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

This boy is strong

These mangoes are sour

Donrsquot be in such a hurry

That rascal must be punished

D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata tanya seperti which what whose -

yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah

kalimatnya

Contoh

What manner of man is he

Which way shall we go

Whose book is this

E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben

da yang dimaksud

Contoh

I eat some rice

He showed much patience

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 6: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 6 -

Contoh

He might come tomorrow

He may finish the assigment now

4 Advisability

Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan

- should

- ought to

Contoh

- you should clean your teeth

- You ought not to speak loudly

5 Obligation

Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals

yang diguanakan

- Must - have to

- has to - had to

Contoh

You must obey your parents

All had to return the book

6 Logical Conclusion

Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement

Modals yang digunakan

- Must - Might

- Should -ought to

Contoh

He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -

knocked on the door and got no answer He might -

have been sleeping

Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk

(A) may (D) might

(B) must (E) should

(C) could

2 ______ I go home in the last lesson

(1) may (3) can

(2) could (4) must

3 Birds____ fly

(A) could (D) must

(B) can (E) ought to

(C) may

4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor

(1) must (3) has to

(2) ought to (4) should

5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk

(A) ought (D) should

(B) should (E) has to

(C) could

PRONOUN

Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-

gai ganti dari kata benda

Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari

A PERSONAL PRONOUN

B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN

C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN

a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-

ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek

Kata ganti orang terdiri

SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

him

her

it

they

1 SUBJECT PRONOUN

Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -

yek)

The woman is going to the shop

the woman is shopping

Sebaiknya

She is shopping

The cat is flying on the floor

The cat is sleeping

Sebaiknya

It is sleeping

Johny and I are running

Johny and I are chased by a dog

Sebaiknya

We are chassed by a dog

Bob and Ted are in the river

Bob and Ted are swimming

Sebliknya

Bob and Ted are swimming

2 OBJECT PRONOUN

Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

SUBJECT

PRONOUN

OBJECT

PRONOUN

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 7 -

Contoh

We saw a donkey

The farmer hit the donkey with a stick

Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-

an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun

The farmer hit it with a stick

The lady bought potatoes

The hawker put the potatoes in a package

Sebaiknya

The hawker put them in a package

The teacher called Ani

Her mother waited for Ani in the office

Sebaiknya

Her mother waited for her in the office

Contoh

The man is standing outside the building

The man is waiting for his son

The man pada kalimat kedua

Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai

subyek

Kalimatnya

He is waiting for his son

I met Amir at the station

A conductor was talking Amir

Sebaiknya

A conductor was talking to her

The headmaster punished the boys

The teacher found the boys peeping

Sebaiknya

The teacher found them peeping

2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-

nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-

CTIVE

POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN

my

our

your

his

her

its

their

mine

ours

yours

h is

hers

Its

their

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-

nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata

benda

Contoh

This is my car

Tis car is mine

This is her wtch

This watch is hers

That is your pen

That pen is yours

These are their books

These books are theirs

That is our class

That class is ours

That is its kitten

That kitten is its

Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan

menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika

bendanya diketahui

That is my pen and this is yours

Is this your

Where is mine

It belongs to hers

C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive

Pronoun

SINGULAR PLURAL

myself

yourself

himself

herself

itself

Oursselves

yourselves

themselves

Contoh

The little girl fell down and hurt herself

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

SUBJET OBJECT

I

we you

you

he she

it

they

me

us you

you

him her

it

them

my

our your

your

his her

its

their

mine

ours yours

yours

h is hers

Its

their

myself

ourselves yourself

yourselves

himself herself

itself

themselves

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 8 -

He was tired of life so he killed himself

A baby cannot dress it self

I sometimes cut myself when

I am shaving

W e must not be selfish and think only about

Ourselves

She looked at herself in the mirror

He lives alone and often talks to himself

Some men go to a barber but most men shave

themselves

Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk

mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang

yang dimaksud

I saw the minister himself

I myself mended the wireless

The queen herself is going to open the

New hospital

E-4

1 ADJECTIVE

2 ADVERB

1 ADJECTIVE

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )

PEMBAGIAN

Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY

A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks

Karakter

Usia

Bentuk

Ukuran

Warna

Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang

benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

He is an old man

The book is red

We see high buildings in the city

The teacher always gies us difficult problem to

solves

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan

Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE

ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

you

him

her

it

them

my

our

your

your

his

her

its

their

Contoh

I lost my book

The teacher forgot to bring his beg

The studens were busy writing their composition

The pick-pocket tole her wallet

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-

taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

This boy is strong

These mangoes are sour

Donrsquot be in such a hurry

That rascal must be punished

D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata tanya seperti which what whose -

yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah

kalimatnya

Contoh

What manner of man is he

Which way shall we go

Whose book is this

E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben

da yang dimaksud

Contoh

I eat some rice

He showed much patience

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 7: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 7 -

Contoh

We saw a donkey

The farmer hit the donkey with a stick

Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-

an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun

The farmer hit it with a stick

The lady bought potatoes

The hawker put the potatoes in a package

Sebaiknya

The hawker put them in a package

The teacher called Ani

Her mother waited for Ani in the office

Sebaiknya

Her mother waited for her in the office

Contoh

The man is standing outside the building

The man is waiting for his son

The man pada kalimat kedua

Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai

subyek

Kalimatnya

He is waiting for his son

I met Amir at the station

A conductor was talking Amir

Sebaiknya

A conductor was talking to her

The headmaster punished the boys

The teacher found the boys peeping

Sebaiknya

The teacher found them peeping

2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-

nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-

CTIVE

POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN

my

our

your

his

her

its

their

mine

ours

yours

h is

hers

Its

their

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-

nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata

benda

Contoh

This is my car

Tis car is mine

This is her wtch

This watch is hers

That is your pen

That pen is yours

These are their books

These books are theirs

That is our class

That class is ours

That is its kitten

That kitten is its

Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan

menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika

bendanya diketahui

That is my pen and this is yours

Is this your

Where is mine

It belongs to hers

C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive

Pronoun

SINGULAR PLURAL

myself

yourself

himself

herself

itself

Oursselves

yourselves

themselves

Contoh

The little girl fell down and hurt herself

PERSONAL

PRONOUN

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN

POSSESSIVE PRONOUN

SUBJET OBJECT

I

we you

you

he she

it

they

me

us you

you

him her

it

them

my

our your

your

his her

its

their

mine

ours yours

yours

h is hers

Its

their

myself

ourselves yourself

yourselves

himself herself

itself

themselves

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 8 -

He was tired of life so he killed himself

A baby cannot dress it self

I sometimes cut myself when

I am shaving

W e must not be selfish and think only about

Ourselves

She looked at herself in the mirror

He lives alone and often talks to himself

Some men go to a barber but most men shave

themselves

Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk

mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang

yang dimaksud

I saw the minister himself

I myself mended the wireless

The queen herself is going to open the

New hospital

E-4

1 ADJECTIVE

2 ADVERB

1 ADJECTIVE

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )

PEMBAGIAN

Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY

A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks

Karakter

Usia

Bentuk

Ukuran

Warna

Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang

benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

He is an old man

The book is red

We see high buildings in the city

The teacher always gies us difficult problem to

solves

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan

Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE

ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

you

him

her

it

them

my

our

your

your

his

her

its

their

Contoh

I lost my book

The teacher forgot to bring his beg

The studens were busy writing their composition

The pick-pocket tole her wallet

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-

taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

This boy is strong

These mangoes are sour

Donrsquot be in such a hurry

That rascal must be punished

D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata tanya seperti which what whose -

yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah

kalimatnya

Contoh

What manner of man is he

Which way shall we go

Whose book is this

E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben

da yang dimaksud

Contoh

I eat some rice

He showed much patience

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 8: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 8 -

He was tired of life so he killed himself

A baby cannot dress it self

I sometimes cut myself when

I am shaving

W e must not be selfish and think only about

Ourselves

She looked at herself in the mirror

He lives alone and often talks to himself

Some men go to a barber but most men shave

themselves

Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk

mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang

yang dimaksud

I saw the minister himself

I myself mended the wireless

The queen herself is going to open the

New hospital

E-4

1 ADJECTIVE

2 ADVERB

1 ADJECTIVE

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )

PEMBAGIAN

Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY

A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY

Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks

Karakter

Usia

Bentuk

Ukuran

Warna

Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang

benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

He is an old man

The book is red

We see high buildings in the city

The teacher always gies us difficult problem to

solves

B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan

Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan

PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE

ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT

I

we

you

you

he

she

it

they

me

us

you

you

him

her

it

them

my

our

your

your

his

her

its

their

Contoh

I lost my book

The teacher forgot to bring his beg

The studens were busy writing their composition

The pick-pocket tole her wallet

C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE

Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-

taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya

Contoh

This boy is strong

These mangoes are sour

Donrsquot be in such a hurry

That rascal must be punished

D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE

Kata tanya seperti which what whose -

yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah

kalimatnya

Contoh

What manner of man is he

Which way shall we go

Whose book is this

E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY

Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben

da yang dimaksud

Contoh

I eat some rice

He showed much patience

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 9: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 9 -

All men must die

He claimed his half share of the booty

You have no sense

The whole sum is expended

There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year

POSISI ADJECTIVE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dete

r

mile

r

Qual

-ityc

harat

er

size- Ag

e

lem

per

a

Parti-

ciple

shape colour Origin

location

noun

2

four

Beau

tiful

expe

nsive

Big

strong

old Negie

ted

square Red

black

African

french

Hous

-es

Hors

-es

2 ADVERB

PENGERTIAN

Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan

atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

2 ADVERB OF MANNER

3 ADVERB OF PLACE

4 ADVERB OF TIME

5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

6 ADVERB OF DEGREE

1 ADVERB OF MANNER

Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-

verb ini dibentuk dari

Adjective + ly

Adjective Adverb

quick

easy

foolish

beautiful

quickly

easily

foolishly

beautifully

Sehingga

Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang

penambhan ly tidak diperlukan

Adjective Adverb

fast

hard

good

late

fast

hard

well

late

Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat

ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja

Ex

- He runs quikly

- He speaks English fluently

- He hopefully found the money

2 ADVERB OF PLACE

Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat

Ex

- He work in an office

- Shersquoll meet me at the same

- He drove eastwards

3 ADVERB OF TIME

Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu

perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir

kalimat

Ex

- She is studying now

- Yesterday I visited my cousin

- Next month he will be forty

4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY

Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan

frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -

keterangan tsb

- usually - sometimes

- always - never

- often - seldom

letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)

Ex

- I always go to the library

- She often watchs tv

5 ADVERB OF DEGREE

Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -

tindakan

letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-

adverb

ex

- He is too big

- He walks very slowly

POSISI ADVERB

Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih

dari satu adverb maka susunannya

Manner place time

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 10: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 10 -

ex

- Susan regularly studio biology at home

every day

Contoh Soal

1 Our teacher speaks English _______

(A) good (D) fluently

(B) fluent (E) fluenting

(C) clear

2 Jakarta has many ____ building

(A) high (D) expensive

(B) big (E) modern

(C) large

3 I want to meet _____

(A) two teacher english

(B) teachers english two

(C) two english teacher

(D) english two teacher

(E) teacher two english

4 which of the following senteces is correct

(1) He works hard in his office every day

(2) He hard works in his office every day

(3) Every day he works hard in his office

(4) He every day works hard in his office

5 He always feels______

(1) anxious (3) happy

(2) anxiously (4) happily

E-5

- ELLIPSIS

- DEGREE OF COMPARISON

ELLIPSIS

Fungsi

Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya

memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)

Formula

and so + to behv + s

and so + to behv1 too

and neither + hv + s

to be

and s + hv + nrsquot + either

to be

but S + hvto be

but S + hvto be + nrsquot

Aplikasi

Kalimat Positif

untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif

yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut

dapat digunakan

- and so

- and too

Contoh

Jack can swim

Budi can swim

- Jack can swim and so can Budi

atau

Jack can swim and Budi can too

Ali walks to school

We walk to school

- Ali walks to school and sodo we

atau

Ali walks to school and we do too

Kalimat negatif

Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -

digunakan formula sebagai berikut

- and neither

- and neither

Contoh

Peter canrsquot swim

Teddy canrsquot swim

Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy

Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night

Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 11: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 11 -

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -

did Joni

Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni

didnrsquot either

Kalimat Negatif-Positif

Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -

yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -

salah satunya negatif digunakan

but S + to behv

Jika kalimat pertama negatif

Contoh

Jack canrsquot play the guitar

Budi can play the guitar

Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can

but S + to behv + nrsquot

Jikakalimat kedua negatif

Contoh

Joni passed in the exam

Budi didnrsquot pass the exam

Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont

Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______

(A) do (D) donrsquot

(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot

(C) does

2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____

(A) so I did (D) so did I

(B) so do I (E) I did so

(C) I do too

3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____

(A) So do we (D) We do too

(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we

(C) We donrsquot either

DEGREE OF COMPARISON

Pengertian

Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)

dan kata keterangan (adverb

Pembagian

A Comparison of Adjectives

B Comparison of Adverb

C Equal Comparison

A Comparison of Adjectives

Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-

Ective)

Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu

1 Comparative

2 Superlative

3 Compareative

Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj

ective)

Cara membuat perbandingan dengan

a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat

Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -

satu suku bunyi (one syilable)

Contoh

Positive Comparative

short

slow

quick

tall

high

shorter

slower

quicker

taller

higher

Kecuali

Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup

Dengan menambah r

Positive Comparative

brave

white

braver

whiter

Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative

Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g

mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -

vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-

lum er ditambahkan

Positive Comparative

red

big

slim

thin

fat

redder

bigger

slimmer

thinner

fatter

Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-

dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati

(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner

y hilang dan digantikan dengan i

Positive Comparative

dirty

noisy

dirtier

noisier

b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku

bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-

nambahan more

Positive Comparative

useful

difficult

necessary

hopeless

more useful

more difficult

more necessary

more hopeless

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 12: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 12 -

c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah

di atas tersebut di bawah ini

Positive Comparative

good

bad

much

many

little

best

worst

most

most

least

Contoh

Budi is 20 years old

Joni is 21 years old

Ati is 19 years old

Ati is the youngest

Joni is the oldest

The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla

tive

B Comparison Of Adverb

Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan

Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of

manner (keterangan Cara)

Bentuk perbandingan

1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di

bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan

est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-

rative dan Superlative

Positive Comp Super

fast

hard

high

faster

harder

higher

fastest

hardest

highest

2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +

ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk

Comparative dan Superlative

Pos Comparative Super

slowly

simply

nicely

neatly

tidily

more slowly

more simply

more nicely

more neatly

more tidily

most slowly

most simply

most nicely

most neatly

most tidily

3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak

menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah

ini

Positive Comp Super

well

bad

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

Contoh

Comparative

Planes move faster than buses

Budi learns harder than Joni does

She explained it more clearly than I did

He speaks more loudly than I do

Superlative

Rockets move the fastest

Ati learns the hardest

Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the

teachers

C Equal Comparison

Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah

asas

not asas

not soas

Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna

kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata

keterangan (adverb)

1 Adjective

Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-

nakan bentuk

as adjective as

Contoh

This book is as thick as that one

Ani is as clever as Budi

Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-

tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk

not so adjective as

not as adjective as

Contoh

The car is not as fast as that one

The car is not so fast as that one

Tuti is not as clever as Ati

Tuti is not so clever as Ati

2 Adverb

Positive

as adverb as

Contoh

He thinks as hard as I do

He played as well as I did

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 13: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 13 -

Negative

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip

Contoh

He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do

He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do

Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday

Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday

Contoh Soal

1 Lauren _____ than Diana

(A) tender

(B) tenderer

(C) more tender

(D) the tenderest

(E) the more tender

2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____

(A) so foudly as you do

(B) so loud as you do

(C) as loudly as you do

(D) as loud as you do

(E) as louder as you do

E-6

TENSES-3

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

2 FUTURE CONTINOUS

3 FUTURE PERFECT

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS

1 SIMPLE FUTURE

Pengertian

Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-

ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu

soon

afterwards

tomorrow

tonight

the day after tomorrow

next week

next month

next year

bentuk

S + shallwill + V1

I

shall

We

you

he

she will

it

they

Contoh

Jack will visit his moter in the country next

week

I shall not attend the party tonight

We shanrsquot have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next

weekend

Interrogative Form

Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative

kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di

depan Subyek

Shallwill + S + V1

Will Jack visit his mother in the country next

week

Shall I attend the party tonight

Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow

Will the boys swim across the river next

weekend

Will you take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Will Tini return the book to the library next

month

Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon

(A) shall do (D) did

(B) do (E) does

(C) done

2 The visitor _____ tonight

(A) arrived (D) arrives

(B) has arrived (E) arrive

(C) will arrived

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 14: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 14 -

3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit

(A) shall (D) does

(B) will (E) has

(C) Do

TO BE GOING TO

Fungsi

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa

yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif

dari bentuk Shall dan Will

Bentuk

S + isamare + going to + V1

I ______ am

You

We are

they

he

she is

it

Contoh

Jack is going to visit his mother in the country

next week

I am going to attend the part tonight

We are going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river

next weekend

You are going to take a day off the day after

Tomorrow

Tini is going to return the book to the library

next mont

Negative Form

Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk

kalimat negatif

S + to be + not + Going to + V1

Jack is not going to visit his mother in the

country next week

I am not going to attend the part tonight

We are not going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the

river next weekend

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

You are not going to take a day off the day -

after tomorrow

Tini is not going to return the book to the

Library next month

Interrogative

Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -

subyek

To be + S + going to + V1

Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country

next week

Am I going to attend the part tonight

Are we going to have another extra lesson

tomorrow

Are the boys going to swim across the river next

weekend

Are you going to take a day off the day after

tomorrow

Is Tini going to return the book to the library

next month

Contoh Soal

1 The teacher __ a test soon

(1) has given

(2) will given

(3) gave

(4) Is going to give

2 The boys __ a short course nex week

(A) Are going to take

(B) Is going to take

(C) Shall take

(D) Has taken

(E) Took

3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow

(A) Will (D) Are going

(B) Shall (E) must

(C) is going

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 15: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 15 -

4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month

(A) Is going to leave

(B) Are going to leave

(C) Has leave

(D) Left

(E) Leaving

5 I ____ supper afterwards

(1) am going to (3) shall have

(2) will have (4) have had

2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

Shallwill + be + v + ing

FUNGSI

Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang

terjadi pada masa yang akan datang

Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini

This time tomorrow

Next week

Monday

Month

Moring

Etc

Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang

-an waktu simple future

ex

- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow

- Ill be watching tv tonight

- This time next week the pupils will be having a

test

- John will be helping us this evening

3 FUTURE PERFECT

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + V3

FUNGSI

Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai

pada masa yang akan datang

Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya

selalu diawali oleh kata by mis

by the end of this month

by the end of the week

by now

by the end of the year

ex

- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three

days

- By the time he finishes the question I will

have read the book for one hour

4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

BENTUK

S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing

Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan

masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang

Terdapat kesamaan antara future

perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-

terutama dalam fungsi

ex

- When she get to London she will have been

travelling for five days

- By the end of this year he will have been

working for three years

Contoh Soal

1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five

years by the end of this year

(A) will work

(B) have worked

(C) will have been working

(D) will be working

(E) is going to work

2 Dont come at five oclock because _____

(A) I will be playing

(B) I will have been playing

(C) I have played

(D) I will have played

(E) I will playing

3 My friends _____ next sunday

(1) Will invite

(2) Will be inviting

(3) Is going to invite

(4) Is inviting

4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday

(1) have

(2) will have

(3) would have

(4) shall be having

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 16: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 16 -

()

Is the butter is kept here hellip

Is Budi played the guitar hellip

2 Present Continous Tense

(+)

A They are repairing the bridge

B The bridge is being repaired

A The man is supervising me

P Iam being supervised by hellip

(-)

A The thief is climbing the wall when the

Police saw him

P the wall is being climbed by the thief when

the police saw

The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-

ing supervised hellip

()

Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip

Are you being supervised helliphellip

3 Present Perfect Tense

(+)

A Tuti has written two letters

P Two letters have been written

A He has don the work well

P The work has been donehellip

(-)

Two letters have not been written

The work has not been done hellip

()

Have two letters been written

Has the work been done by him

5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this

year

(1) Will stay

(2) Will have been staying

(3) Will be staying

(4) Will be stayed

E-7

- PASSIVE VOICE

- IMPERSONAL IT

PASSIVE VOICE

Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan

pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan

Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata

kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh

objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek

merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat

pasif

Bentuk

To be + V3

Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga

mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk

kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut

ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang

diiutinya

1 Present tense

(+)

A We keep the butter here

P The butter is kept here

A Budi plays the guitar at night

P The guitar is played by budi

A The teacher teaches the pupils

P The pupils are taught by hellip

(-)

The butter is kept here hellip

The guitar is not played hellip

S + isamare + V3

S + isamare + not + V3

isamare + S + V3

S + isamare + being + V3

S + Isamare + not + being + V3

Isamare + S + being + V3

S + hashave + been + V3

S + hashave + not + been +V3

hashave + S + been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 17: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 17 -

1 4 Past Tense

(+)

A The bad boys broke the windows

P The windows were were broken by

A The farmer hit the snake

P The snake was hit by

(-)

The windows were not broken

The snake was not hit

()

Were the windows were broken by

Was the snake hit by

5 Past Continous Tense

(+)

A They were taking the injured player out of the

Field

P the injured player were being taken by them

6 Past Perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came

P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -

Badu came

A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest

arrived

P The meal had been prepared by the mother -

When the guest arrived

7 Future Tense

(+)

A He will meet you at the station

P You will be met by him

A Budi will lend me his book

P I shall be lent by

()

Will you be met by him

Will you be lent by

8 To be going to

(+)

A We are going to hoid a party

P A party is going to be held hellip

A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -

Nts

P The lazy students are going to be punished by-

The teacher

9 Future Perfect Tense

S + shallwill + have + been + V3

A They will have elected new president in five

Years

P New President will have been elected in five

years

A IPTN will have produced war planes by the

year of 2000

P War planes will have been produced by IPTN

by

10 Past Future

(+)

A if it rained We should postphone our picnic

P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned

A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher

would punish him

P if all didnt change his behaviour he would

be punished by the teacher

11 Past Puture Perfect

(+)

A If you had studied hard you would have got

good marks

P If you had studied hard good marks would

have been got by you

A If the goverment had not made mistake the

judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent

to prison

P If the goverment had not made mistake

Sophia Laurent would not have the judge

would not have beensent to prison by the

judge

S + waswere + V3

S + waswere + not + V3

waswere + S+ V3

S + waswere + being + V3

S + shallwill + be + V3

Will shall + S + be + V3

S + isamare + going to + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + be + V3

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 18: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 18 -

S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3

12 Modals

S + modals + be + V3

Modals can hellip hellipcould

may helliphellip might

must hellip

has to hellip had to

have to hellip had to

ought to

should

A you must shut these doors

P These doors must be shut

A You ought to open the windows

P The windows ought to be opened

A They should told him

P He should be told by them

A He has to drive me home

P I have to be driven by him hellip

13 Modals With The Perfect Tense

S + modals + have + been + V3

A The girl must have watered the flowers when I

saw her

P The flowers must have been watered by the girl

when hellip

A I could have asked somebody to carry that

box

P Somebody could have been asked to carry

That box by me

A The teacher might have told the story when

I was absent

P The story might have been told by the teacher

story when I was absent

Contoh Soal

1 Most scientific book ___ in English

(A) Are printing (D) has been printed

(B) Are print (E) are printed

(C) Is print

2 America ______ four hundred years ago

A discovered

B will be discovered

C had discovered

D was discovered

E was being discovered

3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister

A will be driven

B has be driven

C is driven

D was driven

E will be being driven

4He sald the several plans ___

A were being

B were been

C has been

D are been

E had being

5The food _____ several hours before the guast

arrived

A were cook

B had cooking

C has cook

D were cooked

E had been cooked

IMPERSONAL IT

PENGERTIAN

It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal

pronoun

APLIKASI

1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan

- distance

contoh

it is a long way to London

It is about two kilometers reach the post of -

fice

- time

Contoh

What time is it

It is four orsquoclock

- condition

Contoh

It is cold outside

It is warm inside

2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya

- Gerund

Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 19: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 19 -

kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it

Going on appears no good

It appears no good going on - To infinitive

Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem

patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-

nya digantikan oleh it

To say is easy

It is easy to say

- That clause

Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas

That they will have to go seem a pity

It seems a pity that willhave to go

3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya

- To infinitive

Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it

diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja

seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu

merupakan obyek bukan subyek

Contoh

We consider to cheat is wrong

We consider it wrong to cheat

- That clause

Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause

Contoh

We think that they didnt try is a pity

We think it a pity that he didnt try

Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to

infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu

menyebabkan hilangnya that

Contoh

People believe that to be polite is important

People believe it important tobe polite

Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh

it antara lain

- Believe - know

- Consider - realize

- Declare - snow

- Find - suppose

- Guees - take

- Imagine - think

- Understand

Contoh Soal

1 Step inside ____ outside

(A) There is cold

(B) Itrsquos cold

(C) Cold

(D) It

(E) It cold

2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep

(A) It is

(B) It will be

(C) It was

(D) It

(E) It should be

3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house

in a week

(A) It

(B) It be

(C) It is

(D) There is

(E) There be

4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other

word

(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson

(B) it difficult understand the lesson

(C) its difficult understand the lesson

(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson

(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson

5 _____ right for us to obey our parents

(A) there is

(B) there are

(C) there has

(D) it is

(E) it has

E-8

CONDITIONALS

Secara harfiah conditionals dapat

diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-

kalimat yang terdiri dari

1 syarat prasyarat

2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi

Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan

tercermin pada main clause

- hasil

- syarat

Conditional

Main clause

If clause

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 20: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 20 -

Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang

diawali if

Posisi

If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main

clause

If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip

If Clause I Clause

Atau

S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip

Main Clause I Clause

1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)

- Fungsi

Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan

terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type

ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-

nan

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present

Tense ini terdiri atas

a

b

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future

Bentuknya ialah

Shallwill + Stem

Shall hellip IWe

Will hellip He She It

You They

Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -

conditionals pada main clause

If clause Main Clause

Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)

If you study hard

If it rains

If you agree

If you dont know the

meaning of words

If all doesnt change

his behaviour

If I am rich

You will pass the exam

We shall postpone our

picnic

You can wait here

You may use your

Dictionary

The teacher will punish

him

I shall buy you a car

Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan

sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative

Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif

middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher

will punish him

If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot

give it again

Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot

give it again

Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari

middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals

Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah

Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause

WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem

Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change

his behaviour hellip

2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20

Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi

sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan

dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan

untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut

Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition

Present

- Fokus

fakta (present Group)

Pengandalan

- Bentuk

If Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past

Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk

S + StemVerbV

S + isamare + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 21: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 21 -

a

b

Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise

but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada

an yang sebenarnya terjadi

ex I was a boy

if I were a bird

I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc

ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung

(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya

bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi

manusia

Main Clause

a Past Future

Should would + stem

b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu

Could might + Stem

If Clause Main Clause

Simple Past

Past

FuturecouldMight

If you studied hard

If it rained

If you agreed

If you didnrsquot know the

meaning of word

if All didnrsquot change his

bhaviour

If I were rich

You would get good

marks

We should postphone

our picnic

You could wait here

You might use you

dictionary

The teacher would

punish him

I should by you a car

Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias

dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan

Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car

Were I rich I should buy you a car

macr If he were not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Were he not of today he would meet the

supervisor

Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang

Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present

conditionals)

a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya

Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals

type 2 jika tense Present Group

macr Present Tense

macr Present Continous Tense

macr Present Perfect Tense

macr Present Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause

Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause

c Mengembalikan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative

dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

d Hindari penggunaan was

ex

(-) (+)

All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam

Syarat hasil

If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam

(+) (-)

People donrsquot ring me up because my number

is not in the directory

(hasil) (syarat)

People would ring me up if my number were in

the directory

(+) (+)

e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -

could pada Main Clause

ex

We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a

fire

If we got matches we could light a fire

f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak

an might

ex

Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the

cold so much

If he were not thin he might not feel the cold

so much

3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)

Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu

(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)

Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki

an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past

S + V Past tense

S + were + hellip

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 22: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 22 -

- Fokus

Fakta (past Group)

Penggandaian

- Bentuk

If clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)

Main Clause

Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect

Bentuknya

Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle

Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat

berbentuk

Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle

Past If Clause Main Clause

Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect

Couldmight Perfect

I you had studied hard

If it had rained

If you had agreed

If you had studied not

known the meaning of

words

If Ali had not changed

his behaviour

If I had been rich

You would have got

good marks

We should have

postphoned our picnic

You could have waited

here

You might have used

your dictionary

The teacher would have

punished him

I should have bought

you a car

Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had

ke depan

Ex

- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car

Had been rich I should have boughtyou car

- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Had you not known the meaning of word you

might have used a dictionary

Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang

Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )

a Menentukan tense dari fakta

Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3

jika tense-nya Past Group

- Past tense

- Past Continous Tense

macr Past Perfect Tense

macr Past Perfect ContinousTense

b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)

Hasil (Main Clause)

c Memutar balikkan fakta

Jika fakta positif conditional harus

negative dan sebaliknya

Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif

(-) (+)

All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed

Syarat hasil

If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would

not have fall

(-) (+)

I had no map I got lost

If I had had map I would not have got lost

a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan

gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan

could have + verb past participle pada main

clause

We couldnrsquot get into the house because the

hasil

police forbade us

syarat

We could have got into the house if the

police had not forbidden us

b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan

Might + have + Verb Past Participle

Ex

The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at

first

Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it

If the champion had taken the fight seriously at

first he might no have lost it

Contoh Soal

1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home

A Shall stay D stay

B Should stay E Stayed

C Stay

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 23: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 23 -

2 If I were youI _____ that book

A Would buy

B Will buy

C Buy

D bought

E Will not buy

3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger

A Would die

B died

C Will die

D Will have died

E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet

him

4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him

A If he come today I can meet him

B If he had come today I could have met him

C If he came today I could meet him

D If I met him today I could come

E If I had met him He could have come today

E-9

- SUBJUNCTIVE

- CONCORDANCE

SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE

Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan

yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan

datang

Ex

Long live the queen

God bless you

Heaven help you

Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature

B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini

(Present)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

+ S + V2

As Though

Example

- He always speaks as thought he were the

superior

- He dresses as if he were an officer

- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang

terjadi saat ini (Present)

Wish

If only + S + V2

Would rather

Example

He is sick so he is not able to come

- He wishes he came

If only he came

She would rather he came

The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance

- The students wish the teacher explained in

detail

If only the teacher explained in detail

The student would rather the teacher explained

in detail

Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past

(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)

C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu

(past)

- bertentangan dengan fakta

- diragukan kebenarannya

As If

S + had + V3

As Though

Example

- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost

- He acted as thought he had been an actor

yesterday

- He talks about rome as if he had been there

once

2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang

terjadi dahulu ( Past)

Wishedwishes

If only + S + had + V3

Would rather

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 24: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 24 -

The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday

- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test

- If only the teacher had given us a test

- We would rather teacher had given us a test

Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it

- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the

game

- If only Budi had taken part at the game

- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game

Tina was absent to the meeting last night

- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to

the meeting last night

- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting

last night

- Tina would rather she had not been absent to

the meeting last night

Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator

(A) Was (D) is

(B) Had been (E) had

(C) were

2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the

homework

(A) did (D) was doing

(B) had done (E) do

(C) have done

3 He acted as if he ______ill

(A) were (D) is

(B) was (E) have

(C) had been

4 Choose the correct ones

(1) I would rather he went to Medan now

(2) If only he had joined the last lecture

(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty

(4) She wishes she picked her mother up

5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately

my watch stops now

(A) told (D) tell

(B) had told (E) telling

(C) have told

bull CONCORDE

PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam

kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung

kepada subyek

Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja

juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek

singular kata kerja harus singular

BENTUK-BENTUK

1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan

ldquodengan

and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(Plural Subjek) ex

- Bob and Badu are here

- He and his friends have arrived

- Fire and water donrsquot agree

Kecuali

a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang

atau benda yang sama

ex

- The orator and stateman is dead

- The captain and adjutant was present

- My friend and benefactor has come

b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini

ex

- Bread and milk is his only food

- Slow and steady wins the race

- The horse and carriage is at the door

c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every

dan each

- Every boy and girl was ready

- Every woman man and child was lost

2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh

a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip

- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip

yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek

terakhir

- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch

- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant

masters were present

- Rama or his brother have done this

- Either he boy or parents have arrend

b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip

- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip

Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek

pertama

ex

- The chief with all his men was massacred

- John as well as james deserves pralse

- Justiceas well as mercy allows it

3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja

tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu

kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak

(pural) jika dilihat secara individu

ex

- The council has shosen its presuden

- The military were called out

- The crew was large

- The crew was taken prisoners

- A number of interesting suggestions have

been made

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 25: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 25 -

4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti

atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal

ex

- Each of his sisters is clever

- Neither of the men was very tall

- The quality of mangoes was not good

Contoh Soal

1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt

(A) was (D) am

(B) were (E) are

(C) has

2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India

(A) is (D) were

(B) am (E) has

(C) are

3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping

(A) are (D) is

(B) were (E) am

(C) was

4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate

(A) was (D) are

(B) is (E) has

(C) Am

5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry

(A) like (D) are liking

(B) likes (E) was liking

(C) is liking

E-10

REPORTED SPEECH

Pengertian

Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect

speech

DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung

kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara

INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung

kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali

Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau

pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan

beberapa perubahan

a Pronoun

Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -

maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-

han kalimat

b Keteranngan waktu

Direct Indirect

now

today

tomorrow

yesterday

tonight

last night

last ago

next

then

that day

the following day

the previous day

the following night

the previous night

the previous

the following

Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu

berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -

oleh Every

c Tenses

Direct Indirect

Present Tense

PresCont

Pres Perfect

Pres Perf Con

Past Tense

Future Tense

Future Cont

Future Perf

Past Tense

Past Cont

Past Perfect

Past Perf Con

Past Perfect

Past Future

Past F Con

PastF Perf

Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction

dalam Past

Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika

introduction dalam present

Present Past

Say

Will say

Have said

Said

Would say

Had said

d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda

kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya

e Keterangan lain

Direct Indirect

this

these

here

that

those

there

Reported Speech terdiri atas

A Statement

B Imperative

C Interrogative

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 26: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 26 -

Reported Speech

a Statement

Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect

selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak

digunakan

Contoh

PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT

Jack said My sisters learning to cook now

Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then

PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE

Bob said I come to school by bus every morning

Bob said that he came to school by bus every

morning

PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT

Tini said My uncle has bought a new car

Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car

PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON

Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for

half an hour here

Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for

half an hour there

PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT

Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt

herself

Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot

hurt herself

SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE

Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow

Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old

the following day

FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT

Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with

my friend this time tomorrow

Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis

with his friend this time the following day

Bob said I must go to bed early

Bob said he had to go bed early

Jack said My father can drive a car

Jack said his father could drive a car

Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon

Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon

The teacher told us you have to finish your

exercise at home

The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise

at home

b Imperative

Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan

kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak

tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga

kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive

Contoh

I said to Bob Open the window please

I asked Bob to Open the window

The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us

at once

The angry workmen asked the manager to pay

them at once

Badu said to Budi Please lend me your

dictionary

Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary

The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise

books and put them on my table

The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise

books and put them on his table

Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan

sebelum to

The mother said to her children Donrsquot play

with fire

The mother asked her children not to play with

fire

The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot

get off the bus while it is going

The bus conductor told the passengers not to get

off the bus while it was going

Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night

without your cout

Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night

without her coat

The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a

lot of noise

The teacher told the student not to make a lot of

noise

Statement

Imperative

Interro

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 27: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 27 -

c Interrogative

Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan

atas 1 YESNO QUESTION

2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS

1 YESNO QUESTION

Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak

dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan

kata sambung if atau whether

Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk

kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya

dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect

Contoh

The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to

get to the post office

The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to

get to the post office

The teacher asked the student Have I given you

a test

The teacher asked the students if he had given us a

test

The old man asked the boy will you post a letter

for me

The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter

for him

Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited

me

Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited

her

The policeman asked the driver Do you have you

own license

The police asked the driver if he had his own

license

Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if

The police asked the driver whether he had his own

license

2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -

WORDS

Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi

kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung

The stranger asked me What is your name

The stranger asked me What my name was

The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-

nish you

The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-

nished him

The policeman asked the woman where does the

suspect park his car

The policeman asked the woman when the

suspect parked his car

Mother asked Mary What are you doing now

Mother asked Mary what she was doing then

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

The teacher asked the students when they would -

finish their homework

Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present

The teacher always asks his students When do

you get up every morning

The teacher always asks his students when they

get up every morning

Mary tells me I takes a knap at two

Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two

Contoh Soal

1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me

Bob said __________

(A) you would borrow the book for him

(B) whether you would borrow the book for

him

(C) whether I would borrow the book for him

(D) that I would borrow the book for him

(E) that you would borrow the book for him

2 The teacher asked asked the student

(A) to clean the blackboard

(B) that he cleaned the black board

(C) if he cleaned the black board

(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard

(E) he cleaned the black board

3 The police asked him where is your driving

license

The police asked Jack ______

(A) where his driving license is

(B) where his driving license was

(C) whether was his driving license

(D) where was his driving license

(E) where is his driving license

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 28: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 28 -

4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part

The actor said _______

(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part

(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part

(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part

(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part

(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part

5 I donrsquot like to see the film

(A) He told me that he does not like to see the

film

(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film

(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen

the film

(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the

film

E-11

- INFINITIVE

- GERUND

INFINITIVE

Fungsi

1 Sebagai pokok kalimat

Contoh

To find fault is easy

To err is human

To reign is worth ambition

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

I do not mean to read

He likes to play cards

3 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Her greatest pleasure is to sing

His custom is to ride daily

4 Objek dari kata depan

He had no choice but to obey

The speaker is about to begin

5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan

terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan

tujuan (puspose)

Contoh

We eat to leave

I come to bury Caesar

6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kata sifat

Contoh

Meat are good to eat

The medicine is pleasant to cat

The boys are anxious to learn

7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda

Contoh

This is notthe time to play

You will have cause to repent

8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-

hadap kalimat

Contoh

To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise

To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi

bukan merupakan bagian yang utama

To tidak digunakan jika

1 Setelah Modals

Contoh

I will play

He may go

2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu

Bid

Let

S + make + O + infinitive

See

Hear

Contoh

Let him sit

Make him stand

I saw him do it

I heard him cry

I bid him go

Contoh Soal

1 I am sorry ___ this

A Hear

B To hear

C Hearing

D Heard

E Hears

2 I have come ___ you

A To see

B Seeing

C See

D Saw

E Seen

3 Let us ___

A Pray D prays

B Prayed E praying

C To pray

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 29: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 29 -

4 The order ____ was given

A To advance

B Advanced

C Advancing

D Advance

E Advances

5 I sawher _____ there

A stand

B stands

C stood

D stood

E to stand

GERUND

Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan

ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda

V + ing

Fungsi

1 Sebagai Subyek

Contoh

Seeing is believing

Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country

2 Sebagai objek

Contoh

Stop playing

Children love making mud castles

3 Object of preposition

Contoh

I am tired of waiting

He is fond of swimming

4 Sebagai Complement

Contoh

Seeing believing

What I most detest is smoking

Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti

kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni

mind enjoy

consider excuse

S + finish suggest + V ing

prevent keep (on)

avoid miss

risk resist

postphone

Would you mind helping me

I consider buying another house

She finished doing her homework

You prevented seeing me bad film

Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian

kata-kata berikut yakni

Canrsquot stand

Canrsquot help

Itrsquos no good + V ing

Itrsquos no use

To be worth

Contoh It was no good speaking that way

It was no use telling him soon

The best was really worth seeing

I canrsquot help falling in love with you

He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you

Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room

A Smoke D to smoke

B smokes E smoked

C smoking

2 I couldnrsquot help ___

A laugh D laughed

B to laugh E laughed

C laughing

3 I must avoid ______ him money

A giving D given

B to given E give

C gave

E-12

- PARTICIPLE

- CAUSATIVE

PARTICIPLE

Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE

- PAST PARTICIPLE

Bentuk

Verb + ing

Fungsi

1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense

tidak dibahas lebih lanjut

2 Digunakan sebagai adjective

Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai

Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan

keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 30: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 30 -

Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss

The lying witness ought to be punished

The smilling general gave the flowers to the little

girl

Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie

dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle

tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)

witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia

berfungsi sebagai kata sifat

3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu

feel

find

hear

imagine

keep

leave

S + listen to + O + V + ing

look at

notice

observe

perceive

see

smell

watch

Contoh

They saw the thief running away

They left me waiting outside

We mustnrsquot keep them wating

3Menggabungkan kalimat

Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan

Present Participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su

byek kedua

- Salah satu kalimat continuous

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino

us dihilangkan

Contoh

Some students were playing football

They won the game

Some students palying football won the game

- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1

Contoh

Some boys were punished

They were chesting during the examinations

Some boys cheating during the examinations were

punished

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan

oleh kalimat II

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -

jadikan Present Participle

Contoh

He opened the drawer

He took out a revolver

Opening the drawer he took out a revolver

He seized his stick

He rushed out of the room

Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room

c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua

- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense

S + had + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya

dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti

ciple

Had______ having

Contoh

I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have

any desire to go there

4 Meringkas Kalimat

Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh

AS

Since + S + V

Because

Bisa diringkaskan dengan

a menghapus since As Because dan

Subjeknya

b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke

dalam Present Participle

Contoh

Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything

on his journey he brought anything with him

Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his

jouney he brought anything with him

bull PAST PARTICIPLE

V3

Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga

Fungsinya

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 31: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 31 -

1 Sebagai kata sifat

ex

a lost change never returns

The boiled watered has been poured into a

glass

2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past

participle

a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat

sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kaliamt pasip

Penggabungan

- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus

- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang

Contoh

The students were punished by the teacher

They are lazy

The students punished by teacher are lazy

- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia

diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I

Contoh

The old man was sad

He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip

Penggabungan

The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad

b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat

kedua

- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh

kalimat II

- kaliamt I mengandung V3

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan

Past Participle

Contoh

The ship was scattered by the storm

The storm

The ship drowned

Scattered by the storm the ship drowned

c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua

- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense

S + had + been + V3

Penggabungan

Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan

had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle

He had been praised by all his friends

He was very happy

Having been praised by all his friend he was very

happy

Contoh Soal

1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree

(A) Use

(B) Used

(C) Have used

(D) Using

(E) Uses

2 The techer caught the students _____

(A) Peep

(B) Peeping

(C) To peep3 The painter

(D) Peeped

(E) Peeps

3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited

his paints last month

(A) Talk

(B) To talk

(C) Talking

(D) Talks

(E) Talked

4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have

another try

(A) Having failed

(B) failed

(C) fails

(D) fail

(E) To fail

5 We can drink____ water

(A) Boil

(B) Boils

(C) To boil

(D) Boiled

(E) Boiling

CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian

Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak

dilaksanakannya sesuatu

Formula

Aktiv

Get + O pelaku + To infinitive

Have + O pelaku + infinitive

Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter

The manager got his secretary type the letter

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 32: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 32 -

The teacher always has his students finish the

homeworks

The teacher always gets his students finish the

homeworks

We have the servant do the house work

We get the servant to do the house work

I will have my brother fix the bicycle

I will get my brother to fix the bicycle

Passiv

Have

+ O Penderita + V3

Get

Contoh

The manager had the letter type

got

The teacher has the homeworks finished

gets

We have the house work done

get

I will have the bicycle fixed

get

Contoh Soal

1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother

got someone ____ them

(A) To move

(B) move

(C) moving

(D) moves

(E) moved

2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___

(A) Serve

(B) serves

(C) to serve

(D) served

(E) serving

3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair

(1) Cuts

(2) Cutting

(3) To cut

(4) Cut

(5)

4 The guest had the porter carry his bag

(1) The guest himself carried the luggage

(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage

(3) The porter got the trunk carried

(4) The guest got the trunk carried

5 We have the shop ____ the magazine

(A) to deliver

(B) delivered

(C) delivers

(D) delivering

(E) deliver

E- 13

CLAUSES

CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu

1 Main Clause

2 Subordinate Clause

CLAUSES

MAIN CLAUSE

1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki

subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan

kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa

disebut juga anak kalimat

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh

kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING

CONJUNCTION

What how however

Who which whatever

When whom whenever

Where whose wherever

Who that why etc

Subordinate Conjunction + S + V

Contoh

Where I lived

When he will come back

How we got in touch with them

SUBORDINATE

CLAUSES

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 33: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 33 -

Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat

karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap

Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang

lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut

dengan MAIN CLAUSE

2 MAIN CLAUSE

Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik

dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika

ada anak kalimat

Contoh

He asked me

He let us now

The police had arranged

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah

kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE

Contoh

He asked me where I lived

He let us now When he will come back

The police had arranged How we got in touch with

them

Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas

1 NOUN CLAUSE

2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

3 ADVERB CLAUSE

1 NOUN CLAUSE

Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek

dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai

kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT

1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh

When his father will return is uncertain

Why he left is a mistery

Whether we can start tomorrow seems

uncertain

What is done canrsquot be undone

2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF

He says that he wonrsquot go

I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return

Tell me why you did this

3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say

Therersquos no meaning in what you say

Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story

4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB

My belief is that he will not come

His great fear isthat he may fail

Life is what we make it

5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU

KATA GANTI

You must never forget this that honesty is the

best policy

It is feared that he will no come

Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____

(A) How you found it out

(B) How did you find it out

(C) How it you found

(D) How it did find you

(E) How did it find you

2 _____ is doubtful

(A) How long shall I stay

(B) How long I shall stay

(C) How shall I stay long

(D) How shall I stay long

(E) How long I stay shall

3 Will you explained ______

(A) Why did you behave so

(B) Why so you behave

(C) So Why you behave

(D) Why you behaved so

(E) You behaved so why

4 Do _______

(A) Whatever you think right

(B) Whatever right you think

(C) Whatever do you think right

(D) Whatever right do you think

(E) Whatever right think you

5 It is not clear _____

(A) Who done this

(B) Who this done

(C) Who did do this

(D) This Who done

(E) Who this done

ADJECTIVE CLAUSE

Relative Pronoun

Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating

conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective

Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause

yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut

Relative Clause

Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

Possess

who that

whom that

whose

Non Manusia Relative Pronoun

Subyek

Objek

which that

which that

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 34: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 34 -

Penggunaan

Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan

hilangnya salah satu subyek

Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya

sama

Contoh

The students was my classmate

He passed the examination with flying colours

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh

who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang

pertama

The students who passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

The dapat menggantikan who

The students that passed the exam with flying

colours was my classmates

Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat

kedua

The teacher called the girl

The girl wears glasses

Penggabungan

Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan

dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah

objek

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

Whom

Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang

Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama

That is the English teacher

MrAli is speaking to her

Penggabungan

Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya

dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat

pertama

That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is

speaking to

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition

seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut

dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang

berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh

that

That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is

speaking

Whose

Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan

kepunyaan(possessive )

Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan

kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama

I saw the boy

the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday

Penggabungan

Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh

whose

I saw the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

Which

Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama

dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua

The book is on the table

It was written by him

The book whichthat was written by him is on the

table

That is the house

We live in it

That is the house whichthat we live in

Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa

dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada

setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that

That is the house in which we live

Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia

mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag

diterangkannya

That is the house whichthat we live in

That is the boy whose father had an accident

yesterday

The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses

That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli

speaking to

Contoh Soal

1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous

writer

(A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Which

(D) Whose

(E) What

2My grand father ____ you just helped was

born ninety years ago

(A) Which

(B) Whose

(C) Whom

(D) What

(E) where

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 35: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 35 -

3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my

brotherrsquos (A) Who

(B) Whom

(C) Whose

(D) Which

(E) What

4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the

professor of French

(A) who

(B) whose

(C) who

(D) which

(E) that

DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK

BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)

No Stem

Verb1

Past Tense

Verb II

Past

Participle

Verb III

Meaning

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

arise

awake

be

bear

become

begin

bid

bid

bite

blow

break

bring

build

burn

buy

can

catch

choose

come

creep

cut

dig

do

draw

drink

drive

eat

fail

feed

feel

fight

flee

fly

forbid

forget

forgive

freeze

get

go

give

grow

hang

arose

awoke

was were

bore

became

began

bade

bid

bit

blew

broke

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chose

came

crept

cut

dug

did

drew

drank

drove

ete

feel

fed

felt

fought

filed

flew

forbade

forgot

forgave

froze

got

went

gave

grew

hung

arisen

awoken

been

born

become

begun

bidden

bid

bitten

blown

broken

brought

built

burnt

bought

could

caught

chosen

come

crept

cut

dug

done

drawn

drunk

driven

eaten

falden

fed

felt

fought

fled

flown

forbidden

forgotten

forgiven

frozen

got

gone

given

grown

hung

terbit

membangunkan

adalahberada

melahirkan

menjadi

memulai

meminta

menawar

menggigit

bertiup

mematahkan

membawa

membangun

membakar

membeli

dapat

menangkap

memilih

dating

merangkak

memotong

menggali

melakukan

menggambar

meminum

menyetir

makan

jatuh

memberi makanan

merasakan

berkelahi

melarikan diri

terbang

melarang

lupa

memaafkan

membeku

memperoleh

pergi

memberi

tumbuh

menggantung

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

have

hear

hide

hit

hold

hurt

kneel

know

lay

lead

leave

lend

let

lie

loose

make

may

mean

meet

ought to

overcome

partake

pay

put

read

rend

ride

ring

rise

run

say

see

seek

sell

send

shake

shall

shine

shoot

show

shut

sing

sink

sit

sleep

slide

smell

speak

spell

spend

spin

apread

stand

steal

stick

sting

strike

swear

sweep

swim

swing

take

toach

tear

tell

think

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

knew

laid

led

left

lent

let

lay

lost

made

might

meant

met

ought to

overcame

partook

paid

put

rent

rend

rode

rang

rose

run

said

saw

sought

sold

sent

shook

should

shone

shot

showed

shut

sang

sank

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoke

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stole

stuck

stung

struck

swore

swept

swam

swung

took

taught

tore

told

thought

had

heard

hid

hit

held

hurt

knelt

known

laid

led

left

lent

let

lain

lost

made

-

meant

met

-

overcome

partaken

paid

put

rent

rend

ridden

rung

risen

run

said

seen

sought

sold

sent

shaken

-

shone

shot

shown

shut

sung

sunk

sat

slept

slid

smelt

spoken

spelt

spent

spun

apread

stood

stolen

stuck

stung

struck

sworn

swept

swum

swung

taken

taught

torn

told

thought

Memiliki

Mendengar

Bersembunyi

Memukul

Memegang

Melukai

Berlututu

Mengetahui

Menaruh

Memimpin

Meniggalkan

Meminjamkan

membiarkan

Berbaring

Hilang

Membuat

Mungkin

Bermaksud

Bertemu

Seharusnya

Menyelesaikan

Partisipasi

Membayar

meletakkan

Membaca

Menyewakan

Menunggang

membunyikan

Terbit

Berlari

Berkata

Melihat

Mencari

Menjual

Mengirim

Menguncang

Akan

Bersinar

Menembak

Menunjukkan

Menutup

Bernyanyi

Tenggelam

Duduk

Tidur

Tergelincir

Mencium bau

Berbicara

Mengeja

Menghabiskan

Memiintai

Menyebarkan

Berdiri

Mencuri

Melekt

Menyengat

Memukul

Bersumpah

Menyapu

berenanng

berayun membawa

mengajar

mengoyak

memberitahu

berfikir

smart learning center

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 36: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning center

- 36 -

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

Throw

Understand

Wake

Wear

Weep

Will

Win

Wind

Withdraw

write

Threw

Understood

Woke

Wore

Wept

Would

Won

Wound

Withdrew

wrote

Thrown

Understood

Woken

Woken

Wept

-

Won

Wound

Withdrawn

written

Melempar

Mengerti

Bangun

Mengenakan

Meratap

Akan

Menang

Mengunci

Menarik

menulis

smart learning center

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center

Page 37: Modul Bahasa Inggris

smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center